Skip to main content

GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP INC

For the period ended Dec 31, 2024. Filed Feb 27, 2025.

View on SEC.gov

About this filing

A company's yearly report to the SEC, with audited financial statements. It is the fullest account a company gives of its business, its finances and the risks it sees.

FY2024 · Filed Feb 27, 2025

GS$865.82-0.4%Stored close · as of Nov 6, 2026

Extracted filing text, with the paragraph anchors used by the comparison.

See the whole filing, with its images and exhibits
Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1.

Description of Business

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc. or parent company), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the firm), is a leading global financial institution that delivers a broad range of financial services to a large and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices in all major financial centers around the world.

The firm manages and reports its activities in the following three business segments:

The firm provides a broad range of services to a diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. Services include strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, restructurings and spin-offs, and equity and debt underwriting of public offerings and private placements. The firm facilitates client transactions and makes markets in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products. In addition, the firm makes markets in and clears institutional client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide and provides prime financing (including securities lending, margin lending and swaps), portfolio financing and other types of equity financing (including securities-based loans to individuals). The firm also provides lending to corporate clients, including through relationship lending and acquisition financing, and secured lending, through structured credit and asset-backed lending. In addition, the firm provides commodity financing to clients through structured transactions and also provides financing through securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements). The firm also makes equity and debt investments related to Global Banking & Markets activities.

The firm manages assets and offers investment products across all major asset classes to a diverse set of clients, both institutional and individuals, including through a network of third-party distributors around the world. The firm also provides investing and wealth advisory solutions, including financial planning and counseling, and executing brokerage transactions for wealth management clients. The firm issues loans to wealth management clients and raises deposits through its consumer banking digital platform, Marcus by Goldman Sachs (Marcus), and through its private bank. The firm makes equity investments, which include investing activities related to public and private equity investments in corporate, real estate and infrastructure assets, as well as investments through consolidated investment entities (CIEs), substantially all of which are engaged in real estate investment activities. The firm also invests in debt instruments and engages in lending activities to middle-market clients, and provides financing for real estate and other assets.

The firm issues credit cards through partnership arrangements, raises deposits from Apple Card customers and provides transaction banking and other services, such as deposit-taking, payment solutions and other cash management services, for corporate and institutional clients. See Note 9 for information about the General Motors (GM) credit card program and the firm’s seller financing loans.

Note 2.

Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

All references to 2024, 2023 and 2022 refer to the firm’s years ended, or the dates, as the context requires, December 31, 2024, December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

Note 3.

Significant Accounting Policies

The firm’s significant accounting policies include when and how to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities, measuring the allowance for credit losses on loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost, and when to consolidate an entity. See Note 4 for policies on fair value measurements, Note 9 for policies on the allowance for credit losses, and below and Note 17 for policies on consolidation accounting. All other significant accounting policies are either described below or included in the following footnotes:

Fair Value MeasurementsNote 4
Fair Value HierarchyNote 5
Trading Assets and LiabilitiesNote 6
Derivatives and Hedging ActivitiesNote 7
InvestmentsNote 8
LoansNote 9
Fair Value OptionNote 10
Collateralized Agreements and FinancingsNote 11
Other AssetsNote 12
DepositsNote 13
Unsecured BorrowingsNote 14
Other LiabilitiesNote 15
Securitization ActivitiesNote 16
Variable Interest EntitiesNote 17
Commitments, Contingencies and GuaranteesNote 18
Shareholders’ EquityNote 19
Regulation and Capital AdequacyNote 20
Earnings Per Common ShareNote 21
Transactions with Affiliated FundsNote 22
Interest Income and Interest ExpenseNote 23
Income TaxesNote 24
Business SegmentsNote 25
Credit ConcentrationsNote 26
Legal ProceedingsNote 27
Employee Benefit PlansNote 28
Employee Incentive PlansNote 29
Parent CompanyNote 30

Consolidation

The firm consolidates entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (VIE).

Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. If the firm has a controlling majority voting interest in a voting interest entity, the entity is consolidated.

Variable Interest Entities. A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. See Note 17 for further information about VIEs.

Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial policies, the investment is generally accounted for at fair value by electing the fair value option available under U.S. GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock or in-substance common stock.

In certain cases, the firm applies the equity method of accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or closely related to the firm’s principal business activities, when the firm has a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or operations of the investee or when cost-benefit considerations are less significant. See Note 8 for further information about equity-method investments.

Investment Funds. The firm has formed investment funds with third-party investors. These funds are typically organized as limited partnerships or limited liability companies for which the firm acts as general partner or manager. Generally, the firm does not hold a majority of the economic interests in these funds. These funds are usually voting interest entities and generally are not consolidated because third-party investors typically have rights to terminate the funds or to remove the firm as general partner or manager. Investments in these funds are generally measured at net asset value (NAV) and are included in investments. See Notes 8, 18 and 22 for further information about investments in funds.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions, the most important of which relate to fair value measurements, the allowance for credit losses on loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, provisions for losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings (including governmental investigations), and accounting for income taxes. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best available information, but actual results could be materially different.

Revenue Recognition

Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value. Trading assets and liabilities and certain investments are carried at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. In addition, the firm has elected to account for certain of its loans and other financial assets and liabilities at fair value by electing the fair value option. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. Fair value gains or losses are generally included in market making or other principal transactions. See Note 4 for further information about fair value measurements.

Revenue from Contracts with Clients. The firm recognizes revenue earned from contracts with clients for services, such as investment banking, investment management, and execution and clearing (contracts with clients), when the performance obligations related to the underlying transaction are completed.

Revenues from contracts with clients represent approximately 45% of total non-interest revenues for both 2024 and 2023 (including approximately 85% of investment banking revenues, approximately 95% of investment management revenues and all commissions and fees), and approximately 50% of total non-interest revenues for 2022 (including approximately 85% of investment banking revenues, approximately 95% of investment management revenues and all commissions and fees). See Note 25 for information about net revenues by business segment.

Investment Banking

Advisory. Fees from financial advisory assignments are recognized in revenues when the services related to the underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the assignment. Non-refundable deposits and milestone payments in connection with financial advisory assignments are recognized in revenues upon completion of the underlying transaction or when the assignment is otherwise concluded.

Expenses associated with financial advisory assignments are recognized when incurred and are included in transaction based expenses. Client reimbursements for such expenses are included in investment banking revenues.

Underwriting. Fees from underwriting assignments are recognized in revenues upon completion of the underlying transaction based on the terms of the assignment.

Expenses associated with underwriting assignments are generally deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the assignment is otherwise concluded. Such expenses are included in transaction based expenses for completed assignments.

Investment Management

The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for investment management services, which are included in investment management revenues. The firm makes payments to brokers and advisors related to the placement of the firm’s investment funds (distribution fees), which are included in transaction based expenses.

Management Fees. Management fees for mutual funds are calculated as a percentage of daily NAV and are received monthly. Management fees for hedge funds are calculated as a percentage of month-end NAV and are generally received quarterly. Management fees for separately managed accounts are calculated as a percentage of either the daily or monthly NAV and are received quarterly. Management fees for private equity funds are calculated as a percentage of monthly invested capital or committed capital and are generally received quarterly, semi-annually or annually, depending on the fund. Management fees are recognized over time in the period the services are provided.

Distribution fees paid by the firm are calculated based on either a percentage of the management fee, the investment fund’s NAV or the committed capital. Such fees are included in transaction based expenses.

Incentive Fees. Incentive fees are calculated as a percentage of a fund’s or separately managed account’s return, or excess return above a specified benchmark or other performance target. Incentive fees are generally based on investment performance over a twelve-month period or over the life of a fund. Fees that are based on performance over a twelve-month period are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the measurement period. For fees that are based on investment performance over the life of the fund, future investment underperformance may require fees previously distributed to the firm to be returned to the fund.

Incentive fees earned from a fund or separately managed account are recognized when it is probable that a significant reversal of such fees will not occur, which is generally when such fees are no longer subject to fluctuations in the market value of investments held by the fund or separately managed account. Therefore, incentive fees recognized during the period may relate to performance obligations satisfied in previous periods.

Commissions and Fees

The firm earns substantially all commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and futures markets, as well as over-the-counter (OTC) transactions. Commissions and fees are recognized on the day the trade is executed. The firm also provides third-party research services to clients in connection with certain soft-dollar arrangements. Third-party research costs incurred by the firm in connection with such arrangements are presented net within commissions and fees.

Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations are services that the firm has committed to perform in the future in connection with its contracts with clients. The firm’s remaining performance obligations are generally related to its financial advisory assignments and certain investment management activities. Revenues associated with remaining performance obligations relating to financial advisory assignments cannot be determined until the outcome of the transaction. For the firm’s investment management activities, where fees are calculated based on the NAV of the fund or separately managed account, future revenues associated with such remaining performance obligations cannot be determined as such fees are subject to fluctuations in the market value of investments held by the fund or separately managed account.

The firm is able to determine the future revenues associated with management fees calculated based on committed capital. As of December 2024, substantially all future net revenues associated with such remaining performance obligations will be recognized through 2033. Annual revenues associated with such performance obligations average less than $300 million through 2033.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the firm has relinquished control over the assets transferred. For transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales, any gains or losses are recognized in net revenues. Assets or liabilities that arise from the firm’s continuing involvement with transferred financial assets are initially recognized at fair value. For transfers of financial assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets are generally included in trading assets and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 11 for further information about transfers of financial assets accounted for as collateralized financings and Note 16 for further information about transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight deposits held in the ordinary course of business. Cash and cash equivalents included cash and due from banks of $5.36 billion as of December 2024 and $7.93 billion as of December 2023. Cash and cash equivalents also included interest-bearing deposits with banks of $176.73 billion as of December 2024 and $233.65 billion as of December 2023.

The firm segregates cash for regulatory and other purposes related to client activity. Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory and other purposes were $14.84 billion as of December 2024 and $17.08 billion as of December 2023. In addition, the firm segregates securities for regulatory and other purposes related to client activity. See Note 11 for further information about segregated securities.

Customer and Other Receivables

Customer and other receivables included receivables from customers and counterparties of $92.88 billion as of December 2024 and $90.16 billion as of December 2023, and receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations of $40.84 billion as of December 2024 and $42.33 billion as of December 2023. Such receivables primarily consist of customer margin loans, collateral posted in connection with certain derivative transactions, and receivables resulting from unsettled transactions.

Substantially all of these receivables are accounted for at amortized cost net of any allowance for credit losses, which generally approximates fair value. As these receivables are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these receivables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both December 2024 and December 2023. See Note 10 for further information about customer and other receivables accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. Interest on customer and other receivables is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in interest income.

Customer and other receivables includes receivables from contracts with clients and contract assets. Contract assets represent the firm’s right to receive consideration for services provided in connection with its contracts with clients for which collection is conditional and not merely subject to the passage of time. The firm’s receivables from contracts with clients were $4.08 billion as of December 2024 and $3.59 billion as of December 2023. As of both December 2024 and December 2023, contract assets were not material.

Customer and Other Payables

Customer and other payables included payables to customers and counterparties of $217.15 billion as of December 2024 and $220.71 billion as of December 2023, and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations of $6.11 billion as of December 2024 and $10.02 billion as of December 2023. Such payables primarily consist of customer credit balances related to the firm’s prime brokerage activities. Customer and other payables are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. As these payables are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both December 2024 and December 2023. Interest on customer and other payables is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in interest expense.

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

To reduce credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, the firm may enter into master netting agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, netting agreements) with counterparties that permit it to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. A netting agreement is a contract with a counterparty that permits net settlement of multiple transactions with that counterparty, including upon the exercise of termination rights by a non-defaulting party. Upon exercise of such termination rights, all transactions governed by the netting agreement are terminated and a net settlement amount is calculated. In addition, the firm receives and posts cash and securities collateral with respect to its derivatives and securities financing transactions, subject to the terms of the related credit support agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, credit support agreements). An enforceable credit support agreement grants the non-defaulting party exercising termination rights the right to liquidate the collateral and apply the proceeds to any amounts owed. In order to assess enforceability of the firm’s right of setoff under netting and credit support agreements, the firm evaluates various factors, including applicable bankruptcy laws, local statutes and regulatory provisions in the jurisdiction of the parties to the agreement.

Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) in the consolidated balance sheets when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Resale agreements and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and securities borrowed and loaned transactions with the same settlement date are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis in the consolidated balance sheets when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are subject to netting agreements.

In the consolidated balance sheets, derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and posted under enforceable credit support agreements, when transacted under an enforceable netting agreement. In the consolidated balance sheets, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowed and loaned, are not reported net of the related cash and securities received or posted as collateral. See Note 11 for further information about collateral received and pledged, including rights to deliver or repledge collateral. See Notes 7 and 11 for further information about offsetting assets and liabilities.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the consolidated balance sheets and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are recognized in earnings. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of a non-U.S. operation, when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Recent Accounting Developments

Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures (ASC 326). In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-02, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326) — Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures.” This ASU eliminates the recognition and measurement guidance for troubled debt restructurings and requires enhanced disclosures about loan modifications for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. This ASU also requires enhanced disclosure for loans that have been charged off. This ASU became effective for the firm in January 2023 under a prospective approach. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the firm’s consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions (ASC 820). In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, “Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions.” This ASU clarifies that a contractual restriction on the sale of an equity security should not be considered in measuring its fair value. In addition, the ASU requires specific disclosures related to equity securities that are subject to contractual sale restrictions. This ASU became effective for the firm in January 2024 under a prospective approach. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the firm’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method (ASC 323). In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-02, “Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323) — Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method.” This ASU expands the proportional amortization method election currently associated with low-income housing tax credits to other qualifying tax credits and requires incremental disclosures for programs in which the proportional amortization method is elected. This ASU became effective for the firm in January 2024 under a modified retrospective approach. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the firm’s consolidated financial statements.

Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (ASC 280). In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, “Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures.” This ASU requires enhanced disclosures primarily about significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker. This ASU became effective for the firm for annual periods beginning in January 2024, and is effective for interim periods beginning in January 2025 under a retrospective approach. Since this ASU only requires additional disclosures, adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 25 for further information.

Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASC 740). In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures.” This ASU requires incremental disclosures primarily related to the reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate, as well as income taxes paid. This ASU is effective for the firm for annual periods beginning in January 2025 under a prospective approach with the option to apply it retrospectively. Since this ASU only requires additional disclosures, adoption of this ASU will not have an impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (ASC 220). In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, “Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses.” This ASU requires additional disaggregation of certain expenses within the footnotes to the financial statements. This ASU is effective for the firm for annual periods beginning in January 2027, and interim periods beginning in January 2028 under a prospective approach. Early adoption and retrospective application is permitted. Since this ASU only requires additional disclosures, adoption of this ASU will not have an impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 4.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The firm measures certain financial assets and liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks).

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, fair value is determined by reference to prices for similar instruments, quoted prices or recent transactions in less active markets, or internally developed models that primarily use market-based or independently sourced inputs, including, but not limited to, interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, credit spreads and funding spreads (i.e., the spread or difference between the interest rate at which a borrower could finance a given financial instrument relative to a benchmark interest rate).

U.S. GAAP has a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. This hierarchy prioritizes inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to level 3 inputs. A financial instrument’s level in this hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to its fair value measurement. In evaluating the significance of a valuation input, the firm considers, among other factors, a portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1. Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets to which the firm had access at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2. Inputs to valuation techniques are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3. One or more inputs to valuation techniques are significant and unobservable.

The fair values for substantially all of the firm’s financial assets and liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and liabilities may require valuation adjustments that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors, such as counterparty and the firm’s credit quality, funding risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

The table below presents financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Total level 1 financial assets$436,298$332,549
Total level 2 financial assets497,514519,130
Total level 3 financial assets20,35825,100
Investments in funds at NAV2,5473,000
Counterparty and cash collateral netting(49,048)(51,134)
Total financial assets at fair value$907,669$828,645
Total assets$1,675,972$1,641,594
Total level 3 financial assets divided by:
Total assets1.2%1.5%
Total financial assets at fair value2.2%3.0%
Total level 1 financial liabilities$100,350$125,715
Total level 2 financial liabilities611,340523,709
Total level 3 financial liabilities25,72128,704
Counterparty and cash collateral netting(37,750)(44,135)
Total financial liabilities at fair value$699,661$633,993
Total liabilities$1,553,976$1,524,689
Total level 3 financial liabilities divided by:
Total liabilities1.7%1.9%
Total financial liabilities at fair value3.7%4.5%

Counterparty netting among positions classified in the same level is included in that level.

Counterparty and cash collateral netting represents the impact on derivatives of netting across levels.

The table below presents a summary of level 3 financial assets.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Trading assets:
Trading cash instruments$1,213$1,791
Derivatives4,1265,161
Investments14,14217,138
Loans683823
Other assets194187
Total$20,358$25,100

Level 3 financial assets as of December 2024 decreased compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in level 3 investments. See Note 5 for further information about level 3 financial assets (including information about unrealized gains and losses related to level 3 financial assets and transfers into and out of level 3).

The valuation techniques and nature of significant inputs used to determine the fair value of the firm’s financial instruments are described below. See Note 5 for further information about significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 financial instruments.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for Trading Cash Instruments, Investments and Loans

Level 1. Level 1 instruments include U.S. government obligations, most non-U.S. government obligations, certain agency obligations, certain corporate debt instruments, certain money market instruments and actively traded listed equities. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets. The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.

Level 2. Level 2 instruments include certain non-U.S. government obligations, most agency obligations, most mortgage-backed loans and securities, most corporate debt instruments, most state and municipal obligations, most money market instruments, most other debt obligations, restricted or less liquid listed equities, certain private equities, commodities and certain lending commitments.

Valuations of level 2 instruments can be verified to quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or executable) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2 instruments (i) if the instrument is subject to transfer restrictions and/or (ii) for other premiums and liquidity discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

Level 3. Level 3 instruments have one or more significant valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, level 3 instruments are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are changed when corroborated by substantive observable evidence, including values realized on sales.

Valuation techniques of level 3 instruments vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques. The valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs used to determine the fair values of each type of level 3 instrument are described below:

Loans and Securities Backed by Commercial Real Estate

Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate are directly or indirectly collateralized by a single property or a portfolio of properties, and may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses and include:

Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and changes in market indices, such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance of commercial mortgage bonds);

Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral;

A measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario (recovery rates) implied by the value of the underlying collateral, which is mainly driven by current performance of the underlying collateral and capitalization rates. Recovery rates are expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument and reflect the benefit of credit enhancements on certain instruments; and

Timing of expected future cash flows (duration) which, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of any loan forbearances and other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

Loans and Securities Backed by Residential Real Estate

Loans and securities backed by residential real estate are directly or indirectly collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate and may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles. Significant inputs include:

Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets;

Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral; and

Duration, driven by underlying loan prepayment speeds and residential property liquidation timelines.

Corporate Debt Instruments

Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans, debt securities and convertible debentures. Significant inputs for corporate debt instruments are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same or similar issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:

Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices, such as the CDX (an index that tracks the performance of corporate credit);

Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation;

Duration; and

Market and transaction multiples for corporate debt instruments with convertibility or participation options.

Equity Securities

Equity securities consists of private equities. Recent third-party completed or pending transactions (e.g., merger proposals, debt restructurings, tender offers) are considered the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate:

Industry multiples (primarily EBITDA and revenue multiples) and public comparables;

Transactions in similar instruments;

Discounted cash flow techniques; and

Third-party appraisals.

The firm also considers changes in the outlook for the relevant industry and financial performance of the issuer as compared to projected performance. Significant inputs include:

Market and transaction multiples;

Discount rates and capitalization rates; and

For equity securities with debt-like features, market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets, current performance and recovery assumptions, and duration.

Other Trading Cash Instruments, Investments and Loans

The significant inputs to the valuation of other trading cash instruments, investments and loans are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:

Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices;

Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation; and

Duration.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for Derivatives

The firm’s level 2 and level 3 derivatives are valued using derivative pricing models (e.g., discounted cash flow models, correlation models and models that incorporate option pricing methodologies, such as Monte Carlo simulations). Price transparency of derivatives can generally be characterized by product type, as described below.

Interest Rate. In general, the key inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for most long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve (e.g., 10-year swap rate vs. 2-year swap rate) are more complex, but the key inputs are generally observable.

Credit. Price transparency for credit default swaps, including both single names and baskets of credits, varies by market and underlying reference entity or obligation. Credit default swaps that reference indices, large corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most price transparency. For credit default swaps with other underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations, and the availability of the underlying reference obligations for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default swaps that reference loans, asset-backed securities and emerging market debt instruments tend to have less price transparency than those that reference corporate bonds. In addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more underlying reference obligations, generally have less price transparency.

Currency. Prices for currency derivatives based on the exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The primary difference between the price transparency of developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that emerging markets tend to be only observable for contracts with shorter tenors.

Commodity. Commodity derivatives include transactions referenced to energy (e.g., oil, natural gas and electricity), metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g., agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the underlying commodity, delivery location, tenor and product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and contracts that are more closely aligned with major and/or benchmark commodity indices.

Equity. Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by market and underlier. Options on indices and the common stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit the most price transparency. Equity derivatives generally have observable market prices, except for contracts with long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from current market prices. More complex equity derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more individual stocks, generally have less price transparency.

Liquidity is essential to the observability of all product types. If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even highly structured products may at times have trading volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and other inputs.

Level 1. Level 1 derivatives include short-term contracts for future delivery of securities when the underlying security is a level 1 instrument, and exchange-traded derivatives if they are actively traded and are valued at their quoted market price.

Level 2. Level 2 derivatives include OTC derivatives for which all significant valuation inputs are corroborated by market evidence and exchange-traded derivatives that are not actively traded and/or that are valued using models that calibrate to market-clearing levels of OTC derivatives.

The selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends on the contractual terms of and specific risks inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. For derivatives that trade in liquid markets, model selection does not involve significant management judgment because outputs of models can be calibrated to market-clearing levels.

Valuation models require a variety of inputs, such as contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, discount rates (including those derived from interest rates on collateral received and posted as specified in credit support agreements for collateralized derivatives), credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates, loss severity rates and correlations of such inputs. Significant inputs to the valuations of level 2 derivatives can be verified to market transactions, broker or dealer quotations or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or executable) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Level 3. Level 3 derivatives are valued using models which utilize observable level 1 and/or level 2 inputs, as well as unobservable level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivatives are described below.

For level 3 interest rate and currency derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include correlations of certain currencies and interest rates (e.g., the correlation between Euro inflation and Euro interest rates) and specific interest rate and currency volatilities.

For level 3 credit derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include illiquid credit spreads and upfront credit points, which are unique to specific reference obligations and reference entities, and recovery rates.

For level 3 commodity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include volatilities for options with strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices and prices or spreads for certain products for which the product quality or physical location of the commodity is not aligned with benchmark indices.

For level 3 equity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs generally include equity volatility inputs for options that are long-dated and/or have strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices. In addition, the valuation of certain structured trades requires the use of level 3 correlation inputs, such as the correlation of the price performance of two or more individual stocks or the correlation of the price performance for a basket of stocks to another asset class, such as commodities.

Subsequent to the initial valuation of a level 3 derivative, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2 inputs to reflect observable market changes and any resulting gains and losses are classified in level 3. Level 3 inputs are changed when corroborated by evidence, such as similar market transactions, third-party pricing services and/or broker or dealer quotations or other empirical market data. In circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value by reference to market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could produce a materially different estimate of fair value. See Note 5 for further information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of level 3 derivatives.

Valuation Adjustments. Valuation adjustments are integral to determining the fair value of derivative portfolios and are used to adjust the mid-market valuations produced by derivative pricing models to the exit price valuation. These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, the cost of liquidity, and credit and funding valuation adjustments, which account for the credit and funding risk inherent in the uncollateralized portion of derivative portfolios. The firm also makes funding valuation adjustments to collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the firm to deliver or repledge collateral received. Market-based inputs are generally used when calibrating valuation adjustments to market-clearing levels.

In addition, for derivatives that include significant unobservable inputs, the firm makes model or exit price adjustments to account for the valuation uncertainty present in the transaction.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for Other Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value

In addition to trading cash instruments, derivatives, and certain investments and loans, the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and liabilities at fair value under the fair value option. Such instruments include repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements; certain securities borrowed and loaned transactions; certain customer and other receivables, including certain margin loans; certain time deposits, including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments; substantially all other secured financings, including structured financing arrangements and transfers of assets accounted for as financings; certain unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments; and certain other assets and liabilities. These instruments are generally valued based on discounted cash flow techniques, which incorporate inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency, and are generally classified in level 2 because the inputs are observable. Valuation adjustments may be made for liquidity and for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality. The significant inputs used to value the firm’s other financial assets and liabilities are described below.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned. The significant inputs to the valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are funding spreads, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and interest rates.

Customer and Other Receivables. The significant inputs to the valuation of receivables are interest rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and funding spreads.

Deposits. The significant inputs to the valuation of time deposits are interest rates and the amount and timing of future cash flows. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments described above. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives and Note 13 for further information about deposits.

Other Secured Financings. The significant inputs to the valuation of other secured financings are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, funding spreads and the fair value of the collateral delivered by the firm (determined using the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market prices, market yields and recovery assumptions). See Note 11 for further information about other secured financings.

Unsecured Short- and Long-Term Borrowings. The significant inputs to the valuation of unsecured short- and long-term borrowings are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm and commodity prices for prepaid commodity transactions. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments described above. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives and Note 14 for further information about borrowings.

Other Assets and Liabilities. The significant inputs to the valuation of other assets and liabilities are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, market yields, volatility and correlation inputs. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments described above. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives.

Note 5.

Fair Value Hierarchy

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value includes trading cash instruments, derivatives, and certain investments, loans and other financial assets and liabilities at fair value.

Trading Cash Instruments

Fair Value by Level. The table below presents trading cash instruments by level within the fair value hierarchy.

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.$169,121$66,958$–$236,079
Non-U.S.44,42725,0714169,539
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate–1,450381,488
Residential real estate–11,3645711,421
Corporate debt instruments17246,73972847,639
State and municipal obligations–529–529
Other debt obligations12,236952,332
Equity securities141,8211,143242143,206
Commodities–10,9711210,983
Total$355,542$166,461$1,213$523,216
Liabilities
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.$(21,181)$(52)$–$(21,233)
Non-U.S.(37,466)(3,283)(3)(40,752)
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate–(32)(1)(33)
Residential real estate–(20)–(20)
Corporate debt instruments(75)(23,755)(52)(23,882)
Other debt obligations–(72)–(72)
Equity securities(41,528)(12)(19)(41,559)
Commodities–(24)–(24)
Total$(100,250)$(27,250)$(75)$(127,575)
Assets
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.$85,190$58,862$–$144,052
Non-U.S.61,98125,7029187,774
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate–91645961
Residential real estate–8,940999,039
Corporate debt instruments17737,8831,41539,475
State and municipal obligations–371–371
Other debt obligations802,086372,203
Equity securities135,0321,739103136,874
Commodities–5,64015,641
Total$282,460$142,139$1,791$426,390
Liabilities
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.$(26,400)$(32)$–$(26,432)
Non-U.S.(50,825)(2,343)–(53,168)
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate–(27)–(27)
Residential real estate–(5)–(5)
Corporate debt instruments(124)(15,317)(70)(15,511)
Equity securities(48,347)(37)(8)(48,392)
Commodities–(66)–(66)
Total$(125,696)$(17,827)$(78)$(143,601)

Trading cash instruments consists of instruments held in connection with the firm’s market-making or risk management activities. These instruments are carried at fair value and the related fair value gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans, debt securities, convertible debentures, prepaid commodity transactions and transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases.

Other debt obligations includes other asset-backed securities and money market instruments.

Equity securities includes public equities and exchange-traded funds.

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of trading cash instruments.

Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 trading cash instrument assets, and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value such trading cash instrument assets.

As of December 2024 · As of December 2023
$ in millionsAmount orRangeWeightedAverageAmount orRangeWeighted Average
Loans and securities backed by real estate
Level 3 assets$95$144
Yield7.2% to 24.3%11.5%3.8% to 26.1%12.8%
Recovery rate23.3% to 69.2%50.9%35.5% to 76.0%44.6%
Duration (years)1.9 to 12.13.70.3 to 15.35.2
Corporate debt instruments
Level 3 assets$728$1,415
Yield3.0% to 35.9%13.0%2.8% to 40.0%9.3%
Recovery rate6.8% to 69.0%53.6%7.3% to 65.0%39.4%
Duration (years)1.6 to 3.32.30.9 to 11.33.4
Other
Level 3 assets$390$232
Yield4.7% to 37.9%15.2%3.6% to 31.3%14.6%
MultiplesN/AN/A0.7x to 4.5x3.9x
Duration (years)1.5 to 3.52.42.3 to 6.44.1

Other includes government and agency obligations, other debt obligations, equity securities and commodities.

Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of trading cash instrument.

Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the trading cash instruments.

The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one trading cash instrument. For example, the highest recovery rate for corporate debt instruments is appropriate for valuing a specific corporate debt instrument, but may not be appropriate for valuing any other corporate debt instrument. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 trading cash instruments.

Increases in yield or duration used in the valuation of level 3 trading cash instruments would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate or multiples would have resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both December 2024 and December 2023. Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 trading cash instrument, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Trading cash instruments are valued using discounted cash flows.

The significant unobservable inputs for multiples related to other trading cash instruments as of December 2024 did not have a range (and there was no weighted average) as it related to a single position. Therefore, such unobservable inputs are not included in the table above.

Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 trading cash instruments.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Assets
Beginning balance$1,791$1,734
Net realized gains/(losses)161154
Net unrealized gains/(losses)7(32)
Purchases512825
Sales(618)(515)
Settlements(382)(286)
Transfers into level 3222167
Transfers out of level 3(480)(256)
Ending balance$1,213$1,791
Liabilities
Beginning balance$(78)$(64)
Net realized gains/(losses)43
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(25)(66)
Purchases5790
Sales(43)(77)
Settlements11
Transfers into level 3(9)(3)
Transfers out of level 31838
Ending balance$(75)$(78)

Changes in fair value are presented for all trading cash instruments that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to trading cash instruments that were still held at period-end.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a trading cash instrument was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

For level 3 trading cash instrument assets, increases are shown as positive amounts, while decreases are shown as negative amounts. For level 3 trading cash instrument liabilities, increases are shown as negative amounts, while decreases are shown as positive amounts.

Level 3 trading cash instruments are frequently economically hedged with level 1 and level 2 trading cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 trading cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The table below presents information, by product type, for assets included in the summary table above.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Loans and securities backed by real estate
Beginning balance$144$154
Net realized gains/(losses)1810
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(11)5
Purchases3728
Sales(33)(57)
Settlements(28)(16)
Transfers into level 3631
Transfers out of level 3(38)(11)
Ending balance$95$144
Corporate debt instruments
Beginning balance$1,415$1,238
Net realized gains/(losses)8756
Net unrealized gains/(losses)2(26)
Purchases253656
Sales(389)(277)
Settlements(327)(201)
Transfers into level 311698
Transfers out of level 3(429)(129)
Ending balance$728$1,415
Other
Beginning balance$232$342
Net realized gains/(losses)5688
Net unrealized gains/(losses)16(11)
Purchases222141
Sales(196)(181)
Settlements(27)(69)
Transfers into level 310038
Transfers out of level 3(13)(116)
Ending balance$390$232

In the table above, other includes government and agency obligations, other debt obligations, equity securities and commodities.

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $168 million (reflecting $161 million of net realized gains and $7 million of net unrealized gains) for 2024 included gains of $100 million reported in market making and $68 million reported ininterest income.

The drivers of net unrealized gains on level 3 trading cash instrument assets for 2024 were not material.

Transfers into level 3 trading cash instrument assets during 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments and certain other debt obligations (included in other cash instruments) from level 2 (in each case, principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments).

Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2023. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $122 million (reflecting $154 million of net realized gains and $32 million of net unrealized losses) for 2023 included gains of $60 million reported in market making and $62 million reported in interest income.

The drivers of net unrealized losses on level 3 trading cash instrument assets for 2023 were not material.

The drivers of transfers into level 3 trading cash instrument assets during 2023 were not material.

Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments and other debt obligations (included in other cash instruments) to level 2 (in each case, principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).

Derivatives

Fair Value by Level. The table below presents derivatives on a gross basis by level and product type, as well as the impact of netting.

$ in millions · Level 1 · Level 2 · Level 3 · Total
Assets
Interest rates$102$156,054$580$156,736
Credit–9,2492,18811,437
Currencies–114,500174114,674
Commodities–12,1341,19213,326
Equities13679,30174280,179
Gross fair value238371,2384,876376,352
Counterparty netting in levels–(279,215)(750)(279,965)
Subtotal$238$92,023$4,126$96,387
Cross-level counterparty netting(947)
Cash collateral netting(48,101)
Net fair value$47,339
Liabilities
Interest rates$(92)$(124,235)$(692)$(125,019)
Credit–(9,060)(970)(10,030)
Currencies–(114,488)(127)(114,615)
Commodities–(14,111)(414)(14,525)
Equities(8)(126,650)(1,848)(128,506)
Gross fair value(100)(388,544)(4,051)(392,695)
Counterparty netting in levels–279,215750279,965
Subtotal$(100)$(109,329)$(3,301)$(112,730)
Cross-level counterparty netting947
Cash collateral netting36,803
Net fair value$(74,980)
Assets
Interest rates$15$241,850$758$242,623
Credit–9,9642,86112,825
Currencies–89,69421089,904
Commodities–15,3931,44916,842
Equities259,22081660,038
Gross fair value17416,1216,094422,232
Counterparty netting in levels–(319,045)(933)(319,978)
Subtotal$17$97,076$5,161$102,254
Cross-level counterparty netting(1,411)
Cash collateral netting(49,723)
Net fair value$51,120
Liabilities
Interest rates$(14)$(213,861)$(1,197)$(215,072)
Credit–(8,923)(1,211)(10,134)
Currencies–(97,436)(168)(97,604)
Commodities–(17,122)(821)(17,943)
Equities(5)(78,222)(1,887)(80,114)
Gross fair value(19)(415,564)(5,284)(420,867)
Counterparty netting in levels–319,045933319,978
Subtotal$(19)$(96,519)$(4,351)$(100,889)
Cross-level counterparty netting1,411
Cash collateral netting42,724
Net fair value$(56,754)

Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral netting, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.

Counterparty netting is reflected in each level to the extent that receivable and payable balances are netted within the same level and is included in counterparty netting in levels. Where the counterparty netting is across levels, the netting is included in cross-level counterparty netting.

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of derivatives.

Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 derivative assets (liabilities), and ranges, averages and medians of significant unobservable inputs used to value such derivatives.

As of December 2024As of December 2023
$ in millions, except inputsAmount or RangeAverage/ MedianAmount or RangeAverage/ Median
Interest rates, net$(112)$(439)
Correlation(10)% to 95%60%/72%(10)% to 75%60%/66%
Volatility (bps)31 to 10163/5931 to 10156/49
Credit, net$1,218$1,650
Credit spreads (bps)8 to 1,328134/913 to 1,750130/85
Upfront credit points(10) to 10024/140 to 10026/15
Recovery rates20% to 70%46%/50%20% to 70%43%/40%
Currencies, net$47$42
Correlation20% to 68%34%/23%20% to 90%41%/43%
Volatility17% to 17%17%/17%15% to 16%16%/16%
Commodities, net$778$628
Volatility21% to 120%37%/33%23% to 98%42%/39%
Natural gas spread$(2.82) to $3.76$(0.14)/$(0.16)$(1.39) to $3.06$(0.32)/ $(0.35)
Oil spread$(6.42) to $22.10$1.77/$(3.80)$(5.39) to $31.69$15.39/ $19.35
Electricity price$1.89 to $587.75$52.18/$32.68$2.72 to $1,088.00$48.15/ $35.16
Equities, net$(1,106)$(1,071)
Correlation(75)% to 100%56%/52%(70)% to 100%65%/71%
Volatility2% to 101%15%/12%1% to 106%14%/13%

Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of derivative.

Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional amount of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average. For example, the difference between the average and the median for credit spreads indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

The ranges, averages and medians of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one derivative. For example, the highest correlation for interest rate derivatives is appropriate for valuing a specific interest rate derivative but may not be appropriate for valuing any other interest rate derivative. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 derivatives.

Interest rates, currencies and equities derivatives are valued using option pricing models, credit derivatives are valued using option pricing, correlation and discounted cash flow models, and commodities derivatives are valued using option pricing and discounted cash flow models.

The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flow models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

Correlation within currencies and equities includes cross-product type correlation.

Natural gas spread represents the spread per million British thermal units of natural gas.

Oil spread represents the spread per barrel of oil and refined products.

Electricity price represents the price per megawatt hour of electricity.

Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs. The following provides information about the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivative instruments:

Correlation. Ranges for correlation cover a variety of underliers both within one product type (e.g., equity index and equity single stock names) and across product types (e.g., correlation of an interest rate and a currency), as well as across regions. Generally, cross-product type correlation inputs are used to value more complex instruments and are lower than correlation inputs on assets within the same derivative product type.

Volatility. Ranges for volatility cover numerous underliers across a variety of markets, maturities and strike prices. For example, volatility of equity indices is generally lower than volatility of single stocks.

Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates. The ranges for credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates cover a variety of underliers (index and single names), regions, sectors, maturities and credit qualities (high-yield and investment-grade). The broad range of this population gives rise to the width of the ranges of significant unobservable inputs.

Commodity prices and spreads. The ranges for commodity prices and spreads cover variability in products, maturities and delivery locations.

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurement to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs. The following is a description of the directional sensitivity of the firm’s level 3 fair value measurements to changes in significant unobservable inputs, in isolation, as of each period-end:

Correlation. In general, for contracts where the holder benefits from the convergence of the underlying asset or index prices (e.g., interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, inflation rates and equity prices), an increase in correlation results in a higher fair value measurement.

Volatility. In general, for purchased options, an increase in volatility results in a higher fair value measurement.

Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates. In general, the fair value of purchased credit protection increases as credit spreads or upfront credit points increase or recovery rates decrease. Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates are strongly related to distinctive risk factors of the underlying reference obligations, which include reference entity-specific factors, such as leverage, volatility and industry, market-based risk factors, such as borrowing costs or liquidity of the underlying reference obligation, and macroeconomic conditions.

Commodity prices and spreads. In general, for contracts where the holder is receiving a commodity, an increase in the spread (price difference from a benchmark index due to differences in quality or delivery location) or price results in a higher fair value measurement.

Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 derivatives, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 derivatives.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Total level 3 derivatives, net
Beginning balance$810$1,521
Net realized gains/(losses)(129)65
Net unrealized gains/(losses)25(327)
Purchases480366
Sales(885)(1,420)
Settlements573466
Transfers into level 3(25)(90)
Transfers out of level 3(24)229
Ending balance$825$810

Changes in fair value are presented for all derivative assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to instruments that were still held at period-end.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a derivative was transferred into level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

Positive amounts for transfers into level 3 and negative amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative assets. Negative amounts for transfers into level 3 and positive amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative liabilities.

A derivative with level 1 and/or level 2 inputs is classified in level 3 in its entirety if it has at least one significant level 3 input.

If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain or loss from adjusting only observable inputs (i.e., level 1 and level 2 inputs) is classified in level 3.

Gains or losses that have been classified in level 3 resulting from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs are frequently offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 derivatives and/or level 1, level 2 and level 3 trading cash instruments. As a result, gains/(losses) included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The table below presents information, by product type, for derivatives included in the summary table above.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Interest rates, net
Beginning balance$(439)$(459)
Net realized gains/(losses)219
Net unrealized gains/(losses)63(78)
Purchases485
Sales(29)(408)
Settlements290423
Transfers into level 3(36)(81)
Transfers out of level 31470
Ending balance$(112)$(439)
Credit, net
Beginning balance$1,650$1,460
Net realized gains/(losses)94(58)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)9274
Purchases8589
Sales(74)(50)
Settlements(354)(138)
Transfers into level 379(20)
Transfers out of level 3(271)93
Ending balance$1,218$1,650
Currencies, net
Beginning balance$42$162
Net realized gains/(losses)(27)80
Net unrealized gains/(losses)1(182)
Purchases442
Sales(9)(1)
Settlements(45)(56)
Transfers into level 334
Transfers out of level 33833
Ending balance$47$42
Commodities, net
Beginning balance$628$919
Net realized gains/(losses)(340)(113)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)91(373)
Purchases1924
Sales(27)(17)
Settlements5768
Transfers into level 314122
Transfers out of level 316318
Ending balance$778$628
Equities, net
Beginning balance$(1,071)$(561)
Net realized gains/(losses)123147
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(139)32
Purchases155186
Sales(746)(944)
Settlements625169
Transfers into level 3(85)(115)
Transfers out of level 33215
Ending balance$(1,106)$(1,071)

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2024. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives of $104 million (reflecting $129 million of net realized losses and $25 million of net unrealized gains) for 2024 included gains/(losses) of $(115) million reported in market making and $11 million reported in other principal transactions.

The net unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives for 2024 primarily reflected gains on certain commodity derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in commodity prices) and gains on certain interest rate derivatives (principally due to an increase in interest rates), partially offset by losses on certain equity derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in equity prices).

The drivers of transfers into level 3 derivatives during 2024 were not material.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during 2024 reflected transfers of certain credit derivative assets to level 2 (principally due to increased transparency of certain credit spread inputs used to value these instruments), partially offset by transfers of certain commodity derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to increased transparency of certain commodity price inputs used to value these instruments).

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives of $262 million (reflecting $65 million of net realized gains and $327 million of net unrealized losses) for 2023 included losses of $251 million reported in market making and $11 million reported in other principal transactions

The net unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives for 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain commodity derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in commodity prices), losses on certain currency derivatives (principally due to the impact of a decrease in interest rates), partially offset by gains on certain credit derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and a decrease in interest rates).

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities (principally due to reduced transparency of certain unobservable volatility inputs used to value these instruments) and transfers of certain interest rate derivative liabilities from level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable volatility inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these instruments), partially offset by transfers of certain commodity derivative assets from level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable volatility inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these instruments).

The drivers of transfers out of level 3 derivatives during 2023 were not material.

Investments

Fair Value by Level. The table below presents investments accounted for at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy.

$ in millions · Level 1 · Level 2 · Level 3 · Total
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.$75,410$–$–$75,410
Non-U.S.4,04862–4,110
Corporate debt securities1372,6294,5107,276
Securities backed by real estate–7562569
Money market instruments3271,453–1,780
Other debt obligations2253328403
Equity securities5743,3318,74212,647
Subtotal$80,518$7,535$14,142$102,195
Investments in funds at NAV2,547
Total investments$104,742
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.$46,731$–$–$46,731
Non-U.S.2,399144–2,543
Corporate debt securities1602,2996,5338,992
Securities backed by real estate–2687689
Money market instruments52999–1,051
Other debt obligations914244267
Equity securities7212,0999,67412,494
Subtotal$50,072$5,557$17,138$72,767
Investments in funds at NAV3,000
Total investments$75,767

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of investments.

Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 investments, and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value such investments.

As of December 2024 · As of December 2023
$ in millionsAmount orRangeWeighted AverageAmount or RangeWeighted Average
Corporate debt securities
Level 3 assets$4,510$6,533
Yield5.0% to 28.8%12.2%6.0% to 31.0%12.1%
Recovery rate5.8% to 41.0%25.2%7.3% to 41.2%27.6%
Duration (years)0.3 to 9.03.60.4 to 5.33.0
Multiples1.1x to 34.2x6.5x0.9x to 53.3x7.7x
Securities backed by real estate
Level 3 assets$562$687
Yield9.5% to 16.0%13.6%7.4% to 18.8%14.1%
Duration (years)1.1 to 2.82.80.4 to 4.13.9
Other debt obligations
Level 3 assets$328$244
Yield7.0% to 8.7%7.7%7.6% to 8.8%8.2%
Equity securities
Level 3 assets$8,742$9,674
Multiples0.4x to 34.2x8.6x0.5x to 25.2x8.3x
Discount rate/yield6.0% to 27.9%13.3%6.0% to 38.5%12.3%
Capitalization rate4.4% to 9.1%5.4%4.5% to 8.0%5.3%

Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of investment.

Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the investment.

The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one investment. For example, the highest multiple for private equity securities is appropriate for valuing a specific private equity security but may not be appropriate for valuing any other private equity security. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 investments.

Increases in yield, discount rate, capitalization rate or duration used in the valuation of level 3 investments would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate or multiples would have resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both December 2024 and December 2023. Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 investment, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Corporate debt securities, securities backed by real estate and other debt obligations are valued using discounted cash flows, and equity securities are valued using market comparables and discounted cash flows.

The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 investments.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Beginning balance$17,138$16,942
Net realized gains/(losses)342463
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(287)(722)
Purchases1,3951,651
Sales(916)(1,186)
Settlements(2,322)(1,762)
Transfers into level 39532,918
Transfers out of level 3(2,161)(1,166)
Ending balance$14,142$17,138

Changes in fair value are presented for all investments that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to investments that were still held at period-end.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If an investment was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

The table below presents information, by product type, for investments included in the summary table above.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Corporate debt securities
Beginning balance$6,533$7,003
Net realized gains/(losses)179360
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(169)1
Purchases600590
Sales(306)(458)
Settlements(1,672)(1,110)
Transfers into level 3462755
Transfers out of level 3(1,117)(608)
Ending balance$4,510$6,533
Securities backed by real estate
Beginning balance$687$827
Net realized gains/(losses)5212
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(82)(166)
Purchases5358
Sales(33)(148)
Settlements(114)(62)
Transfers into level 31171
Transfers out of level 3(2)(5)
Ending balance$562$687
Other debt obligations
Beginning balance$244$256
Net realized gains/(losses)54
Purchases1412
Settlements(31)(18)
Transfers out of level 3(31)—
Ending balance$328$244
Equity securities
Beginning balance$9,674$8,856
Net realized gains/(losses)10687
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(36)(557)
Purchases6011,001
Sales(577)(580)
Settlements(505)(572)
Transfers into level 34901,992
Transfers out of level 3(1,011)(553)
Ending balance$8,742$9,674

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 investments of $55 million (reflecting $342 million of net realized gains and $287 million of net unrealized losses) for 2024 included gains/(losses) of $(224) million reported in other principal transactions and $279 million reported in interest income.

The net unrealized losses on level 3 investments for 2024 primarily reflected losses on certain corporate debt securities (principally due to corporate performance and company-specific events).

Transfers into level 3 investments during 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity securities from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments) and transfers of certain corporate debt securities from level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable yield inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these instruments).

Transfers out of level 3 investments during 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt securities to level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable yield inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these instruments and increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments) and transfers of certain equity securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 investments of $259 million (reflecting $463 million of net realized gains and $722 million of net unrealized losses) for 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(820) million reported in other principal transactions and $561 million reported in interest income.

The net unrealized losses on level 3 investments for 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain equity securities and securities backed by real estate (in each case, principally due to ongoing weakness in the commercial real estate market).

Transfers into level 3 investments during 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity securities and corporate debt securities from level 2 (in each case, principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments, and certain unobservable yield inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these instruments).

Transfers out of level 3 investments during 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments, and certain unobservable yield inputs becoming less significant to the valuation of these instruments), and transfers of certain equity securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).

Loans

Fair Value by Level. The table below presents loans held for investment accounted for at fair value under the fair value option by level within the fair value hierarchy.

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Loan Type
Corporate$–$64$403$467
Real estate:
Commercial–34975424
Residential–3,684423,726
Other collateralized–648135783
Other–322860
Total$–$4,777$683$5,460
Loan Type
Corporate$–$415$344$759
Real estate:
Commercial–360203563
Residential–4,087584,145
Other collateralized–775136911
Other–4682128
Total$–$5,683$823$6,506

The gains/(losses) as a result of changes in the fair value of loans held for investment for which the fair value option was elected were not material for both 2024 and 2023. These gains/(losses) were included in other principal transactions.

Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 loans, and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value such loans.

As of December 2024As of December 2023
$ in millionsAmount orRangeWeighted AverageAmount orRangeWeighted Average
Corporate
Level 3 assets$403$344
Yield11.6% to 22.4%17.5%8.0% to 17.1%10.5%
Recovery rate37.2% to 95.6%72.9%2.0% to 95.0%74.0%
Duration (years)0.6 to 9.36.00.7 to 2.31.7
Real estate
Level 3 assets$117$261
Yield6.1% to 10.9%6.7%5.0% to 21.4%18.1%
Recovery rate3.3% to 99.2%73.7%5.3% to 99.2%66.0%
Duration (years)0.2 to 3.60.60.5 to 6.21.6
Other collateralized
Level 3 assets$135$136
Yield6.2% to 6.8%6.3%5.6% to 8.7%6.1%
Other
Level 3 assets$28$82
YieldN/AN/A7.3% to 13.5%9.6%
Duration (years)N/AN/A3.6 to 5.24.2

Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of loan.

Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the loan.

The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one loan. For example, the highest yield for corporate loans is appropriate for valuing a specific corporate loan but may not be appropriate for valuing any other corporate loan. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 loans.

Increases in yield or duration used in the valuation of level 3 loans would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate would have resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both December 2024 and December 2023. Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 loan, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Loans are valued using discounted cash flows.

The significant unobservable inputs for yield and duration (related to other loans) as of December 2024 did not have a range (and there was no weighted average) as each pertained to a single position. Therefore, such unobservable inputs are not included in the table above.

Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 loans.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Beginning balance$823$1,837
Net realized gains/(losses)3326
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(41)(169)
Purchases13553
Sales(61)(540)
Settlements(286)(318)
Transfers into level 31242
Transfers out of level 3(44)(68)
Ending balance$683$823

Changes in fair value are presented for loans that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to loans that were still held at period-end.

Purchases includes originations and secondary purchases.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a loan was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

The table below presents information, by loan type, for loans included in the summary table above.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Corporate
Beginning balance$344$637
Net realized gains/(losses)1210
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(26)(124)
Purchases12710
Sales(5)(47)
Settlements(160)(113)
Transfers into level 31112
Transfers out of level 3–(31)
Ending balance$403$344
Real estate
Beginning balance$261$785
Net realized gains/(losses)911
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(10)(42)
Purchases27
Sales(52)(272)
Settlements(93)(192)
Transfers out of level 3–(36)
Ending balance$117$261
Other collateralized
Beginning balance$136$140
Net realized gains/(losses)41
Net unrealized gains/(losses)1(6)
Purchases65
Sales(3)(2)
Settlements(22)(2)
Transfers into level 313–
Ending balance$135$136
Other
Beginning balance$82$275
Net realized gains/(losses)84
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(6)3
Purchases–31
Sales(1)(219)
Settlements(11)(11)
Transfers out of level 3(44)(1)
Ending balance$28$82

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2024. Thenet realized and unrealized losses on level 3 loans of $8 million (reflecting $33 million of net realized gains and $41 million of net unrealized losses) for 2024 included gains/(losses) of $(13) million reported in other principal transactions and $5 million reported in interest income.

The drivers of the net unrealized losses on level 3 loans for 2024 were not material.

Transfers into level 3 loans during 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate loans from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments).

The drivers of the transfers out of level 3 loans during 2024 were not material.

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 loans of $143 million (reflecting $26 million of net realized gains and $169 million of net unrealized losses) for 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(152) million reported in other principal transactions and $9 million reported in interest income.

The net unrealized losses on level 3 loans for 2023 primarily reflected losses on corporate loans (principally due to company-specific events).

The drivers of both transfers into and transfers out of level 3 loans during 2023 were not material.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

Fair Value by Level. The table below presents, by level within the fair value hierarchy, other financial assets and liabilities at fair value, substantially all of which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets
Resale agreements$–$179,793$–$179,793
Securities borrowed–46,902–46,902
Customer and other receivables–23–23
Other assets––194194
Total$–$226,718$194$226,912
Liabilities
Deposits$–$(41,810)$(3,045)$(44,855)
Repurchase agreements–(274,380)–(274,380)
Securities loaned–(10,246)–(10,246)
Other secured financings–(27,434)(551)(27,985)
Unsecured borrowings:
Short-term–(45,073)(5,294)(50,367)
Long-term–(75,810)(13,379)(89,189)
Other liabilities–(8)(76)(84)
Total$–$(474,761)$(22,345)$(497,106)
Assets
Resale agreements$–$223,543$–$223,543
Securities borrowed–44,930–44,930
Customer and other receivables–23–23
Other assets–179187366
Total$–$268,675$187$268,862
Liabilities
Deposits$–$(26,723)$(2,737)$(29,460)
Repurchase agreements–(249,887)–(249,887)
Securities loaned–(8,934)–(8,934)
Other secured financings–(10,532)(2,022)(12,554)
Unsecured borrowings:
Short-term–(40,538)(5,589)(46,127)
Long-term–(72,562)(13,848)(86,410)
Other liabilities–(187)(79)(266)
Total$–$(409,363)$(24,275)$(433,638)

In the table above, assets are shown as positive amounts and liabilities are shown as negative amounts.

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities.

Significant Unobservable Inputs. See below for information about the significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 other financial assets and liabilities at fair value as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Other Secured Financings. The ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 other secured financings are presented below. These ranges and weighted averages exclude unobservable inputs that are only relevant to a single instrument, and therefore are not meaningful.

As of December 2024:

Yield:3.8% to 12.3% (weighted average:8.9%)

Duration:2.0 to 5.4 years (weighted average:2.9 years)

As of December 2023:

Yield:6.7% to 11.3% (weighted average:8.5%)

Duration:0.1 to 4.5 years (weighted average:0.9 years)

Generally, increases in yield or duration, in isolation, would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement as of period-end. Due to the distinctive nature of each of level 3 other secured financings, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such financings. See Note 11 for further information about other secured financings.

Deposits, Unsecured Borrowings and Other Assets and Liabilities. Substantially all of the firm’s deposits, unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, and other assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these deposits, unsecured borrowings and other assets and liabilities, these unobservable inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures. See Note 12 for further information about other assets, Note 13 for further information about deposits, Note 14 for further information about unsecured borrowings and Note 15 for further information about other liabilities.

Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Assets
Beginning balance$187$74
Net realized gains/(losses)–(2)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)1895
Purchases–20
Sales(11)–
Ending balance$194$187
Liabilities
Beginning balance$(24,275)$(18,826)
Net realized gains/(losses)(210)(212)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)715(1,667)
Issuances(9,768)(8,153)
Settlements11,0408,298
Transfers into level 3(1,835)(4,542)
Transfers out of level 31,988827
Ending balance$(22,345)$(24,275)

Changes in fair value are presented for all other financial assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to other financial assets and liabilities that were still held at period-end.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a financial instrument was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

For level 3 other financial assets, increases are shown as positive amounts, while decreases are shown as negative amounts. For level 3 other financial liabilities, increases are shown as negative amounts, while decreases are shown as positive amounts.

Level 3 other financial assets and liabilities are frequently economically hedged with trading assets and liabilities. Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1, 2 or 3 trading assets and liabilities. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The table below presents information, by the consolidated balance sheet line items, for other financial liabilities included in the summary table above.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Deposits
Beginning balance$(2,737)$(2,743)
Net realized gains/(losses)–(2)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)(96)(140)
Issuances(1,086)(506)
Settlements928773
Transfers into level 3(173)(153)
Transfers out of level 311934
Ending balance$(3,045)$(2,737)
Other secured financings
Beginning balance$(2,022)$(1,842)
Net realized gains/(losses)(1)(19)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)12(50)
Issuances(51)(657)
Settlements1,6151,479
Transfers into level 3(104)(941)
Transfers out of level 3–8
Ending balance$(551)$(2,022)
Unsecured short-term borrowings
Beginning balance$(5,589)$(4,090)
Net realized gains/(losses)(6)(36)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)9(563)
Issuances(4,883)(4,315)
Settlements4,7003,418
Transfers into level 3(101)(281)
Transfers out of level 3576278
Ending balance$(5,294)$(5,589)
Unsecured long-term borrowings
Beginning balance$(13,848)$(10,066)
Net realized gains/(losses)(203)(155)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)787(914)
Issuances(3,748)(2,675)
Settlements3,7972,622
Transfers into level 3(1,457)(3,167)
Transfers out of level 31,293507
Ending balance$(13,379)$(13,848)
Other liabilities
Beginning balance$(79)$(85)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)3–
Settlements–6
Ending balance$(76)$(79)

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities of $505 million (reflecting $210 million of net realized losses and $715 million of net unrealized gains) for 2024 included gains/(losses) of $491 million reported in market making, $(42) million reported in other principal transactions and $(1) million reported in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $57 million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The net unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities for 2024 primarily reflected gains on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings (principally due to the impact of increases in interest rates and changes in foreign exchange rates), partially offset by losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in deposits (principally due to an increase in equity prices).

Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings from level 2 (principally due to reduced transparency of certain credit spreads and volatility inputs used to value these instruments).

Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in long- and short-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments).

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Year Ended December 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities of $1.88 billion (reflecting $212 million of net realized losses and $1.67 billion of net unrealized losses) for 2023 included losses of $1.41 billion reported in market making, $23 million reported in other principal transactions and $22 million reported in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $427 million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The net unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities for 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long- and short-term borrowings (principally due to an increase in global equity prices).

Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency of certain credit spread and volatility inputs used to value these instruments) and transfers of certain other secured financings from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency of certain yield and duration inputs used to value these instruments).

Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long- and short-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments).

Note 6.

Trading Assets and Liabilities

Trading assets and liabilities include trading cash instruments and derivatives held in connection with the firm’s market-making or risk management activities. These assets and liabilities are carried at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, and the related fair value gains and losses are generally recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

The table below presents a summary of trading assets and liabilities.

TradingTrading
$ in millionsAssetsLiabilities
Trading cash instruments$523,216$127,575
Derivatives47,33974,980
Total$570,555$202,555
Trading cash instruments$426,390$143,601
Derivatives51,12056,754
Total$477,510$200,355

See Note 5 for further information about trading cash instruments and Note 7 for further information about derivatives.

Gains and Losses from Market Making

The table below presents market making revenues by major product type.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Interest rates$715$4,437$(4,890)
Credit2,4671,1411,095
Currencies6,2922,82711,662
Equities7,6327,9387,734
Commodities1,2841,8953,033
Total$18,390$18,238$18,634

Gains/(losses) include both realized and unrealized gains and losses. Gains/(losses) exclude related interest income and interest expense. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

Gains/(losses) included in market making are primarily related to the firm’s trading assets and liabilities, including both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments.

Gains/(losses) are not representative of the manner in which the firm manages its business activities because many of the firm’s market-making and client facilitation strategies utilize financial instruments across various product types. Accordingly, gains or losses in one product type frequently offset gains or losses in other product types. For example, most of the firm’s longer-term derivatives across product types are sensitive to changes in interest rates and may be economically hedged with interest rate swaps. Similarly, a significant portion of the firm’s trading cash instruments and derivatives across product types has exposure to foreign currencies and may be economically hedged with foreign currency contracts.

Note 7.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Derivative Activities

Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other inputs, or a combination of these factors. Derivatives may be traded on an exchange (exchange-traded) or they may be privately negotiated contracts, which are usually referred to as OTC derivatives. Certain of the firm’s OTC derivatives are cleared and settled through central clearing counterparties (OTC-cleared), while others are bilateral contracts between two counterparties (bilateral OTC).

Market Making. As a market maker, the firm enters into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. In this role, the firm typically acts as principal and is required to commit capital to provide execution, and maintains market-making positions in response to, or in anticipation of, client demand.

Risk Management. The firm also enters into derivatives to actively manage risk exposures that arise from its market-making and investing and financing activities. The firm’s holdings and exposures are hedged, in many cases, on either a portfolio or risk-specific basis, as opposed to an instrument-by-instrument basis. The offsetting impact of this economic hedging is reflected in the same business segment as the related revenues. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP. These derivatives are used to manage interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured borrowings and deposits and certain U.S. and non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale, foreign exchange risk of certain available-for-sale securities, the net investment in certain non-U.S. operations and the exposure to the variability of the forecasted cash flows associated with certain floating-rate assets.

The firm enters into various types of derivatives, including:

Futures and Forwards. Contracts that commit counterparties to purchase or sell financial instruments, commodities or currencies in the future.

Swaps. Contracts that require counterparties to exchange cash flows, such as currency or interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the specific terms of the contract with reference to specified rates, financial instruments, commodities, currencies or indices.

Options. Contracts in which the option purchaser has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price.

Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement (counterparty netting). Derivatives are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements (cash collateral netting). Derivative assets are included intrading assets and derivative liabilities are included intrading liabilities. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedges are included in market making (for derivatives included in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC) and Equities within Global Banking & Markets), and other principal transactions (for derivatives included in Investment banking fees and Other within Global Banking & Markets, as well as derivatives in Asset & Wealth Management) in the consolidated statements of earnings. For both 2024 and 2023, substantially all of the firm’s derivatives were included in Global Banking & Markets.

The tables below present the gross fair value and the notional amounts of derivative contracts by major product type, the amounts of counterparty and cash collateral netting in the consolidated balance sheets, as well as cash and securities collateral posted and received under enforceable credit support agreements that do not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP.

Fair Value as of December
20242023
$ in millionsDerivative AssetsDerivative LiabilitiesDerivative AssetsDerivative Liabilities
Not accounted for as hedges
Exchange-traded$2,706$1,068$3,401$1,129
OTC-cleared1,7462,42867,81564,490
Bilateral OTC152,083121,515171,109149,444
Total interest rates156,535125,011242,325215,063
OTC-cleared1,7871,8931,2711,533
Bilateral OTC9,6508,13711,5548,601
Total credit11,43710,03012,82510,134
Exchange-traded142670815
OTC-cleared1,3259931,0331,632
Bilateral OTC112,838113,60888,15895,742
Total currencies114,305114,60789,89997,389
Exchange-traded5,5635,9175,4685,998
OTC-cleared558650635711
Bilateral OTC7,2057,95810,73911,234
Total commodities13,32614,52516,84217,943
Exchange-traded55,04983,47531,31539,247
OTC-cleared189131122171
Bilateral OTC24,94144,90028,60140,696
Total equities80,179128,50660,03880,114
Subtotal375,782392,679421,929420,643
Accounted for as hedges
Bilateral OTC20182989
Total interest rates20182989
OTC-cleared1143–7
Bilateral OTC25555208
Total currencies36985215
Subtotal57016303224
Total gross fair value$376,352$392,695$422,232$420,867
Offset in the consolidated balance sheets
Exchange-traded$(57,776)$(57,776)$(32,722)$(32,722)
OTC-cleared(4,867)(4,867)(67,272)(67,272)
Bilateral OTC(218,269)(218,269)(221,395)(221,395)
Counterparty netting(280,912)(280,912)(321,389)(321,389)
OTC-cleared(412)(105)(1,335)(486)
Bilateral OTC(47,689)(36,698)(48,388)(42,238)
Cash collateral netting(48,101)(36,803)(49,723)(42,724)
Total amounts offset$(329,013)$(317,715)$(371,112)$(364,113)
Included in the consolidated balance sheets
Exchange-traded$5,684$32,690$8,170$13,667
OTC-cleared4401,1262,269786
Bilateral OTC41,21541,16440,68142,301
Total$47,339$74,980$51,120$56,754
Not offset in the consolidated balance sheets
Cash collateral$(600)$(1,271)$(877)$(2,732)
Securities collateral(14,938)(8,731)(13,425)(6,516)
Total$31,801$64,978$36,818$47,506
Notional Amounts as of December
$ in millions20242023
Not accounted for as hedges
Exchange-traded$2,332,117$3,854,689
OTC-cleared12,571,69016,007,915
Bilateral OTC10,569,50112,390,595
Total interest rates25,473,30832,253,199
Exchange-traded322299
OTC-cleared660,181498,720
Bilateral OTC619,068619,975
Total credit1,279,5711,118,994
Exchange-traded9,26411,586
OTC-cleared429,858268,293
Bilateral OTC6,031,9446,363,700
Total currencies6,471,0666,643,579
Exchange-traded324,159306,787
OTC-cleared3,0873,323
Bilateral OTC183,174199,270
Total commodities510,420509,380
Exchange-traded1,868,8551,564,341
OTC-cleared1,4751,487
Bilateral OTC1,256,9051,204,140
Total equities3,127,2352,769,968
Subtotal36,861,60043,295,120
Accounted for as hedges
OTC-cleared246,765241,160
Bilateral OTC3,5882,914
Total interest rates250,353244,074
OTC-cleared5,0411,227
Bilateral OTC10,3289,130
Total currencies15,36910,357
Subtotal265,722254,431
Total notional amounts$37,127,322$43,549,551

Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.

Amounts presented for collateral not offset in the consolidated balance sheets consists of collateral received or posted in connection with OTC-cleared and bilateral OTC derivatives under enforceable credit support agreements that do not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP. In addition to collateral presented in the table above, the firm also posts or receives collateral in connection with its transactions with certain exchanges in accordance with the exchanges’ margin requirements. Such collateral may be calculated based on the firm’s total exposure to the respective exchange across all product types, including both derivative and non-derivative instruments. See Note 11 for further information about collateral received and pledged.

Total gross fair value of derivatives included derivative assets of$8.55 billion as of December 2024 and $8.98 billion as of December 2023, and derivative liabilities of $10.84 billion as of December 2024 and $16.03 billion as of December 2023, which are not subject to an enforceable netting agreement or are subject to a netting agreement that the firm has not yet determined to be enforceable. The collateral received or posted in connection with such derivative agreements has not been netted.

Notional amounts, which represent the sum of gross long and short derivative contracts, provide an indication of the volume of the firm’s derivative activity and do not represent anticipated losses.

During 2024, as permitted under the rules of a clearing organization in Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), the firm elected to settle its transactions with this clearing organization on a daily basis. The impact of reflecting transactions with this clearing organization as settled would have been a reduction in gross derivative assets of $64.19 billion and a reduction in gross derivative liabilities of $62.86 billion as of December 2023, and a corresponding decrease in counterparty and cash collateral netting, with no impact to the consolidated balance sheets.

OTC Derivatives

The table below presents OTC derivative assets and liabilities by tenor and major product type.

$ in millions · Less than 1 Year · 1 - 5 Years · Greater than 5 Years · Total
Assets
Interest rates$5,880$9,552$46,625$62,057
Credit1,6642,5761,6055,845
Currencies17,2498,2805,38730,916
Commodities1,9081,8821,0264,816
Equities5,4832,3951,9599,837
Counterparty netting in tenors(2,681)(2,683)(4,271)(9,635)
Subtotal$29,503$22,002$52,331$103,836
Cross-tenor counterparty netting(14,080)
Cash collateral netting(48,101)
Total OTC derivative assets$41,655
Liabilities
Interest rates$5,074$10,858$16,049$31,981
Credit9992,4749634,436
Currencies12,9319,6458,41730,993
Commodities2,0122,4481,2015,661
Equities11,43515,1133,18929,737
Counterparty netting in tenors(2,681)(2,683)(4,271)(9,635)
Subtotal$29,770$37,855$25,548$93,173
Cross-tenor counterparty netting(14,080)
Cash collateral netting(36,803)
Total OTC derivative liabilities$42,290
Assets
Interest rates$9,511$12,178$49,045$70,734
Credit1,8143,2831,9617,058
Currencies9,1177,5795,47922,175
Commodities2,9932,5741,4517,018
Equities6,6253,1551,65511,435
Counterparty netting in tenors(3,046)(2,765)(3,648)(9,459)
Subtotal$27,014$26,004$55,943$108,961
Cross-tenor counterparty netting(16,288)
Cash collateral netting(49,723)
Total OTC derivative assets$42,950
Liabilities
Interest rates$11,952$15,972$17,540$45,464
Credit7922,5081,0674,367
Currencies15,3357,9347,29930,568
Commodities2,5263,6431,4197,588
Equities10,18310,0483,34023,571
Counterparty netting in tenors(3,046)(2,765)(3,648)(9,459)
Subtotal$37,742$37,340$27,017$102,099
Cross-tenor counterparty netting(16,288)
Cash collateral netting(42,724)
Total OTC derivative liabilities$43,087

Tenor is based on the remaining contractual maturity for substantially all OTC derivative assets and liabilities.

Counterparty netting within the same product type and tenor category is included within such product type and tenor category.

Counterparty netting across product types within the same tenor category is included in counterparty netting in tenors. Where the counterparty netting is across tenor categories, the netting is included in cross-tenor counterparty netting.

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of derivatives, and Note 5 for further information about derivatives within the fair value hierarchy.

Credit Derivatives

The firm enters into a broad array of credit derivatives to facilitate client transactions and to manage the credit risk associated with market-making and investing and financing activities. Credit derivatives are actively managed based on the firm’s net risk position. Credit derivatives are generally individually negotiated contracts and can have various settlement and payment conventions. Credit events include failure to pay, bankruptcy, acceleration of indebtedness, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the reference entity.

The firm enters into the following types of credit derivatives:

Credit Default Swaps. Single-name credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more bonds, loans or mortgages (reference obligations) in the event the issuer of the reference obligations suffers a credit event. The buyer of protection pays an initial or periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is no credit event, as defined in the contract, the seller of protection makes no payments to the buyer. If a credit event occurs, the seller of protection is required to make a payment to the buyer, calculated according to the terms of the contract.

Credit Options. In a credit option, the option writer assumes the obligation to purchase or sell a reference obligation at a specified price or credit spread. The option purchaser buys the right, but does not assume the obligation, to sell the reference obligation to, or purchase it from, the option writer. The payments on credit options depend either on a particular credit spread or the price of the reference obligation.

Credit Indices, Baskets and Tranches. Credit derivatives may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or a broad-based index. If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying reference obligations, the protection seller pays the protection buyer. The payment is typically a pro-rata portion of the transaction’s total notional amount based on the underlying defaulted reference obligation. In certain transactions, the credit risk of a basket or index is separated into various portions (tranches), each having different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults and once losses exceed the notional amount of these junior tranches, any excess loss is covered by the next most senior tranche.

Total Return Swaps. A total return swap transfers the risks relating to economic performance of a reference obligation from the protection buyer to the protection seller. Typically, the protection buyer receives a floating rate of interest and protection against any reduction in fair value of the reference obligation, and the protection seller receives the cash flows associated with the reference obligation, plus any increase in the fair value of the reference obligation.

The firm economically hedges its exposure to written credit derivatives primarily by entering into offsetting purchased credit derivatives with identical underliers. Substantially all of the firm’s purchased credit derivative transactions are with financial institutions and are subject to stringent collateral thresholds. In addition, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, the firm may take possession of the reference obligations underlying a particular written credit derivative, and consequently may, upon liquidation of the reference obligations, recover amounts on the underlying reference obligations in the event of default.

The table below presents information about credit derivatives.

Credit Spread on Underlier (basis points)
$ in millions0 - 250251 - 500501 - 1,000Greater than 1,000Total
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor
Less than 1 year$137,145$23,875$717$3,041$164,778
1 - 5 years378,74315,3494,2426,194404,528
Greater than 5 years29,1962,4574716432,188
Total$545,084$41,681$5,430$9,299$601,494
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives
Offsetting$463,919$20,691$4,781$8,264$497,655
Other165,66211,7211,8791,160180,422
Total$629,581$32,412$6,660$9,424$678,077
Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
Asset$6,429$664$31$59$7,183
Liability9853143071,1382,744
Net asset/(liability)$5,444$350$(276)$(1,079)$4,439
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor
Less than 1 year$126,667$12,594$892$3,611$143,764
1 - 5 years324,57711,3715,6135,802347,363
Greater than 5 years30,4061,31667124932,642
Total$481,650$25,281$7,176$9,662$523,769
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives
Offsetting$396,984$11,857$6,241$8,246$423,328
Other155,46812,8621,9481,619171,897
Total$552,452$24,719$8,189$9,865$595,225
Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
Asset$11,147$654$221$165$12,187
Liability1,723472011,0343,005
Net asset/(liability)$9,424$607$20$(869)$9,182

Fair values exclude the effects of both netting of receivable balances with payable balances under enforceable netting agreements, and netting of cash received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s credit exposure.

Tenor is based on the remaining contractual maturity for substantially all written credit derivatives.

The credit spread on the underlier, together with the tenor of the contract, are indicators of payment/performance risk. The firm is less likely to pay or otherwise be required to perform where the credit spread and the tenor are lower.

Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives that economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical underliers.

Other purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of all other purchased credit derivatives not included in offsetting.

Written and purchased credit derivatives primarily consist of credit default swaps.

Impact of Credit and Funding Spreads on Derivatives

The firm realizes gains or losses on its derivative contracts. These gains or losses include credit valuation adjustments (CVAs) relating to uncollateralized derivative assets and liabilities, which represent the gains or losses (including hedges) attributable to the impact of changes in credit exposure, counterparty credit spreads, liability funding spreads (which include the firm’s own credit), probability of default and assumed recovery. These gains or losses also include funding valuation adjustments (FVA) relating to uncollateralized derivative assets, which represent the gains or losses (including hedges) attributable to the impact of changes in expected funding exposures and funding spreads.

The table below presents information about CVA and FVA.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
CVA, net of hedges$187$(139)$320
FVA, net of hedges142131(193)
Total$329$(8)$127

Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives

The table below presents the fair value and the notional amount of derivatives that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Fair value of assets$467$450
Fair value of liabilities(175)(307)
Net asset/(liability)$292$143
Notional amount$8,106$8,082

In the table above, derivatives that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings are recorded at fair value and primarily consist of interest rate, equity and commodity products. These derivatives are included in unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, as well as other secured financings, with the related borrowings.

Derivatives with Credit-Related Contingent Features

Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require the firm to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in the firm’s credit ratings. The firm assesses the impact of these bilateral agreements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would occur assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. A downgrade by any one rating agency, depending on the agency’s relative ratings of the firm at the time of the downgrade, may have an impact which is comparable to the impact of a downgrade by all rating agencies.

The table below presents information about net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements (excluding collateral posted), the fair value of collateral posted and additional collateral or termination payments that could have been called by counterparties in the event of a one- or two-notch downgrade in the firm’s credit ratings.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements$31,575$30,021
Collateral posted$20,262$20,758
Additional collateral or termination payments:
One-notch downgrade$315$271
Two-notch downgrade$1,200$1,584

Hedge Accounting

The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) interest rate swaps used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured long- and short-term borrowings, certain fixed-rate certificates of deposit and certain U.S. and non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale, (ii) foreign currency forward contracts used to manage the foreign exchange risk of certain securities classified as available-for-sale, (iii) foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt used to manage foreign exchange risk on the firm’s net investment in certain non-U.S. operations and (iv) interest rate swaps used to manage the variability of the forecasted cash flows associated with certain floating-rate assets.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging instrument must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally document the hedging relationship at inception and assess the hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the hedging instrument continues to be highly effective over the life of the hedging relationship.

Fair Value Hedges

The firm designates interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain fixed-rate unsecured long- and short-term debt and fixed-rate certificates of deposit and of certain U.S. and non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale. These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value attributable to the designated benchmark interest rate (e.g., Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), Overnight Index Swap Rate or Sterling Overnight Index Average), effectively converting a substantial portion of these fixed-rate financial instruments into floating-rate financial instruments.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing the effectiveness of these hedging relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e., interest rate risk). An interest rate swap is considered highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.

For qualifying interest rate fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivatives are included in interest income/expense. The change in fair value of the hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value (hedging adjustment) and is also included in interest income/expense. When a derivative is no longer designated as a hedge, any remaining difference between the carrying value and par value of the hedged item is amortized in interest income/expense over the remaining life of the hedged item using the effective interest method. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from interest rate derivatives accounted for as hedges and the related hedged items.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Investments
Interest rate hedges$63$(109)$366
Hedged investments(80)111(350)
Gains/(losses)$(17)$2$16
Borrowings and deposits
Interest rate hedges$(581)$3,859$(22,183)
Hedged borrowings and deposits181(4,344)21,662
Gains/(losses)$(400)$(485)$(521)

The table below presents the carrying value of investments, deposits and unsecured borrowings that are designated in an interest rate hedging relationship and the related cumulative hedging adjustment (increase/(decrease)) from current and prior hedging relationships included in such carrying values.

$ in millionsCarrying ValueCumulative Hedging Adjustment
Assets
Investments$34,755$(279)
Liabilities
Deposits$1,840$(52)
Unsecured short-term borrowings$14,720$(113)
Unsecured long-term borrowings$130,161$(10,757)
Assets
Investments$16,523$(104)
Liabilities
Deposits$3,435$(123)
Unsecured short-term borrowings$14,449$(94)
Unsecured long-term borrowings$134,992$(10,810)

Cumulative hedging adjustment included $(5.81) billion as of December 2024 and $(5.63) billion as of December 2023 of hedging adjustments from prior hedging relationships that were de-designated and substantially all were related to unsecured long-term borrowings.

The amortized cost of investments was $35.29 billion as of December 2024 and $17.33 billion as of December 2023.

In addition, cumulative hedging adjustments for items no longer designated in a hedging relationship werenot material as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

The firm designates certain foreign currency forward contracts as fair value hedges of the foreign exchange risk of non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale. See Note 8 for information about the amortized cost and fair value of such securities. The effectiveness of such hedges is assessed based on changes in spot rates. The gains/(losses) on the hedges (relating to both spot and forward points) and the foreign exchange gains/(losses) on the related available-for-sale securities are included in market making. The net gains/(losses) on hedges and the related hedged available-for-sale securities werenot material for 2024, were $(2) million (reflecting a loss of $127 million related to hedges and a gain of $125 million on the related hedged available-for-sale securities) for 2023 and were $(30) million (reflecting a gain of $266 million related to hedges and a loss of $296 million on the related hedged available-for-sale securities) for 2022.

Net Investment Hedges

The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its net investments in certain non-U.S. operations through the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based on changes in forward rates). For foreign currency-denominated debt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates. For qualifying net investment hedges, all gains or losses on the hedging instruments are included in currency translation.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from net investment hedging.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Hedges:
Foreign currency forward contracts$1,064$(276)$1,713
Foreign currency-denominated debt$1,633$(550)$(269)

Gains or losses on individual net investments in non-U.S. operations are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) to earnings when such net investments are sold or substantially liquidated. The gross and net gains/(losses) reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) werenot material for 2024, were $(49) million (reflecting a gain of $90 million related to hedges and a loss of $139 million on the related net investments in non-U.S. operations) for 2023 and werenot material for 2022.

The firm had designated $22.10 billion as of December 2024 and $27.52 billion as of December 2023 of foreign currency-denominated debt, included in unsecured long- and short-term borrowings, as hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Cash Flow Hedges

During the fourth quarter of 2024, the firm designated certain interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. These interest rate swaps hedge the firm’s exposure to the variability of the forecasted cash flows due to changes in the contractually specified interest rates associated with certain floating-rate assets.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing hedge effectiveness. A cash flow hedge is considered highly effective in offsetting the variability of the forecasted cash flows attributable to the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.

For qualifying cash flow hedges, the gains or losses on derivatives are included in “Cash flow hedges” within the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Such gains or losses are reclassified to interest income/expense within the consolidated statements of earnings in the same period that the forecasted hedged cash flows impact earnings.

The gains/(losses) included within other comprehensive income/(loss) and the gains/(losses) reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) related to cash flow hedges were not material for 2024 and are not expected to be material for 2025. The maximum length of time over which the forecasted cash flows are hedged is approximately one year.

Note 8.

Investments

Investments includes debt securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity that are generally held in connection with the firm’s asset-liability management activities. In addition, investments includes equity securities and debt instruments that are accounted for at fair value and equity securities that are accounted for under the equity method that are generally held by the firm in connection with its long-term investing activities.

The table below presents information about investments.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value$79,458$49,141
Held-to-maturity securities78,71370,310
Equity securities, at fair value13,83213,747
Debt instruments, at fair value11,45212,879
Equity-method investments1,059762
Total other investments26,34327,388
Total investments$184,514$146,839

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2024, as the balances have increased during the year, investments are further disaggregated between available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities and other investments in the consolidated balance sheets and the related cash flows are disaggregated in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Previously, the disaggregation of investments was provided in this footnote. Prior period disclosures have been conformed to the current presentation.

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of investments, and Note 5 for information about investments within the fair value hierarchy.

Available-for-Sale Securities, at Fair Value

Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value, and the related unrealized fair value gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) unless designated in a fair value hedging relationship. See Note 7 for information about available-for-sale securities that are designated in a hedging relationship.

The table below presents information about available-for-sale securities by type and tenor.

$ in millionsAmortized CostFair ValueWeighted Average Yield
Less than 1 year$21,176$21,0112.62%
1 year to 5 years48,56447,9313.64%
5 years to 10 years6,6206,4683.93%
Total U.S. government obligations76,36075,4103.38%
1 year to 5 years4,2243,8931.73%
5 years to 10 years1931550.72%
Total non-U.S. government obligations4,4174,0481.69%
Total available-for-sale securities$80,777$79,4583.29%
Less than 1 year$20,027$19,6870.45%
1 year to 5 years27,59226,5001.83%
5 years to 10 years5865442.05%
Total U.S. government obligations48,20546,7311.25%
Less than 1 year11110.01%
1 year to 5 years1,6351,4200.10%
5 years to 10 years1,1509790.84%
Total non-U.S. government obligations2,7962,4100.40%
Total available-for-sale securities$51,001$49,1411.21%

The weighted average yield is presented on a pre-tax basis and computed using the effective interest rate of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the fair value of each security. The effective interest rate considers the contractual coupon, the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and excludes the effect of related hedges.

As of December 2024, the gross unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) werenot material and the gross unrealized losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were $1.38 billion. Of such losses, $983 million related to securities (fair value of $21.10 billion, primarily consisting of U.S. government obligations) that were in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer and $399 million related to securities (fair value of $32.71 billion, substantially all consisting of U.S. government obligations) that were in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months.

As of December 2023, the gross unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) werenot material and the gross unrealized losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were $1.89 billion, and primarily related to U.S. government obligations in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer.

Net unrealized gains included in other comprehensive income/(loss) were $541 million ($401 million, net of tax) for 2024 and $1.65 billion ($1.25 billion, net of tax) for 2023.

Substantially all available-for-sale securities were classified in level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

If the fair value of available-for-sale securities is less than amortized cost, such securities are considered impaired. If the firm has the intent to sell the debt security, or if it is more likely than not that the firm will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost, the difference between the amortized cost (net of allowance, if any) and the fair value of the securities is recognized as an impairment loss in earnings. The firm did not record any such impairment losses during either 2024 or 2023. Impaired available-for-sale debt securities that the firm has the intent and ability to hold are reviewed to determine if an allowance for credit losses should be recorded. The firm considers various factors in such determination, including market conditions, changes in issuer credit ratings and severity of the unrealized losses. The firm did not record any provision for credit losses on such securities during either 2024 or 2023.

The gross realized gains and gross realized losses relating to the sales of available-for-sale securities were not material for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains on available-for-sale securities.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

Held-to-maturity securities are accounted for at amortized cost.

The table below presents information about held-to-maturity securities by type and tenor.

$ in millionsAmortizedCostFairValueWeighted Average Yield
Less than 1 year$15,449$15,4093.46%
1 year to 5 years42,42041,9393.66%
Total government obligations57,86957,3483.61%
Greater than 10 years20,63720,4825.42%
Total U.S. agency obligations20,63720,4825.42%
1 year to 5 years227.50%
Greater than 10 years2052065.25%
Total securities backed by real estate2072085.29%
Total held-to-maturity securities$78,713$78,0384.09%
Less than 1 year$13,475$13,3822.90%
1 year to 5 years54,78954,3523.58%
5 years to 10 years1,8481,8613.94%
Total government obligations70,11269,5953.46%
1 year to 5 years327.92%
Greater than 10 years1951955.98%
Total securities backed by real estate1981976.02%
Total held-to-maturity securities$70,310$69,7923.47%

Substantially all of the government obligations consist of U.S. government obligations.

U.S. agency obligations consist of U.S. agency issued mortgage-backed securities.

Substantially all of the securities backed by real estate consist of securities backed by residential real estate.

As these securities are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these securities been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, government obligations would have been classified in level 1, U.S. agency obligations would have been classified in level 2 and securities backed by real estate would have been primarily classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The weighted average yield is presented on a pre-tax basis and computed using the effective interest rate of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective interest rate considers the contractual coupon and the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.

The gross unrealized gains were $121 million as of December 2024 and $383 million as of December 2023. The gross unrealized losses were $796 million as of December 2024 and $901 million as of December 2023.

Held-to-maturity securities are reviewed to determine if an allowance for credit losses should be recorded in the consolidated statements of earnings. The firm considers various factors in such determination, including market conditions, changes in issuer credit ratings, historical credit losses and sovereign guarantees. Provision for credit losses on such securities was not material during either 2024 or 2023.

Equity Securities and Debt Instruments, at Fair Value

Equity securities and debt instruments, at fair value are accounted for at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, and the related fair value gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Equity Securities, at Fair Value. Equity securities, at fair value consists of the firm’s public and private equity investments in corporate and real estate entities.

The table below presents information about equity securities, at fair value.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Equity securities, at fair value$13,832$13,747
Equity Type
Public equity6%9%
Private equity94%91%
Total100%100%
Asset Class
Corporate75%73%
Real estate25%27%
Total100%100%

Equity securities, at fair value included investments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option where the firm would otherwise apply the equity method of accounting of $5.04 billion as of December 2024 and $5.18 billion as of December 2023. Gains/(losses) recognized as a result of changes in the fair value of equity securities for which the fair value option was elected were $(172) million for 2024 and $(638) million for 2023. These gains/(losses) are included in other principal transactions.

Equity securities, at fair value includes investments in private equity, real estate and hedge funds that are measured at NAV.

Equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions were not material as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Debt Instruments, at Fair Value. Debt instruments, at fair value primarily includes mezzanine, senior and distressed debt.

The table below presents information about debt instruments, at fair value.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Corporate debt securities$7,276$8,992
Securities backed by real estate569689
Money market instruments1,7801,051
Other1,8272,147
Total$11,452$12,879

In the table above, money market instruments primarily consist of time deposits and other primarily includes investments in credit funds that are measured at NAV.

Investments in Funds at Net Asset Value Per Share. Equity securities and debt instruments, at fair value include investments in funds that are measured at NAV of the investment fund. The firm uses NAV to measure the fair value of fund investments when (i) the fund investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of investment company accounting, including measurement of the investments at fair value.

Substantially all of the firm’s investments in funds at NAV consist of investments in firm-sponsored private equity, credit, real estate and hedge funds where the firm co-invests with third-party investors.

Private equity funds primarily invest in a broad range of industries worldwide, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, growth investments and distressed investments. Credit funds generally invest in loans and other fixed income instruments and are focused on providing private high-yield capital for leveraged and management buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings, refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers. Real estate funds invest globally, primarily in real estate companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and property. Substantially all private equity, credit and real estate funds are closed-end funds in which the firm’s investments are generally not eligible for redemption. Distributions will be received from these funds as the underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the timing of which is uncertain.

The firm also invests in hedge funds, primarily multi-disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamental bottom-up investment approach across various asset classes and strategies. The firm’s investments in hedge funds primarily include interests where the underlying assets are illiquid in nature, and proceeds from redemptions will not be received until the underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the timing of which is uncertain.

The table below presents the fair value of investments in funds at NAV and the related unfunded commitments.

$ in millionsFair Value of InvestmentsUnfunded Commitments
Private equity funds$881$432
Credit funds1,281364
Hedge funds31–
Real estate funds354159
Total$2,547$955
Private equity funds$875$484
Credit funds1,733248
Hedge funds46–
Real estate funds34665
Total$3,000$797

Note 9.

Loans

Loans includes (i) loans held for investment that are accounted for at amortized cost net of allowance for loan losses or at fair value under the fair value option and (ii) loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. Interest on loans is recognized over the life of the loan and is recorded on an accrual basis.

The table below presents information about loans.

$ in millionsAmortizedCostFair ValueHeld For SaleTotal
Loan Type
Corporate$28,689$467$816$29,972
Commercial real estate28,89942446629,789
Residential real estate22,2433,726–25,969
Securities-based16,477––16,477
Other collateralized74,00878331675,107
Consumer:
Installment––7070
Credit cards19,615–1,78821,403
Other1,95060692,079
Total loans, gross191,8815,4603,525200,866
Allowance for loan losses(4,666)––(4,666)
Total loans$187,215$5,460$3,525$196,200
Loan Type
Corporate$33,866$759$1,249$35,874
Commercial real estate25,02556344026,028
Residential real estate21,2434,145–25,388
Securities-based14,621––14,621
Other collateralized61,10591120962,225
Consumer:
Installment250–3,0483,298
Credit cards17,432–1,92919,361
Other1,3331281521,613
Total loans, gross174,8756,5067,027188,408
Allowance for loan losses(5,050)––(5,050)
Total loans$169,825$6,506$7,027$183,358

Loans held for investment that are accounted for at amortized cost include net deferred fees and costs, and unamortized premiums and discounts, which are amortized over the life of the loan. These amounts were less than 1% of loans accounted for at amortized cost as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Substantially all loans had floating interest rates as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

During 2024, the firm sold the seller financing loan portfolio (included in installment loans). The net carrying value of such loans at the time of the sale wasnot material.

During 2023, the firm sold $3.24 billion of the Marcus loan portfolio (included in installment loans).

During 2023, the firm sold approximately $4.0 billion of the GreenSky loan portfolio (included in installment loans) and during 2024, sold the remaining GreenSky loan portfolio of $3.69 billion.

During 2023, the firm transferred approximately $2.0 billion of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio to held for sale. During 2024, we entered into an agreement to transition the GM credit card program to another issuer. The transition is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2025.

During 2023, the firm purchased a portfolio of approximately $15.0 billion of private equity capital call credit facilities (including approximately $9.0 billion of funded loans) from the FDIC’s auction of Signature Bank’s loans.

The following is a description of the loan types in the table above:

Corporate. Corporate loans includes term loans, revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and bridge loans, and are principally used for operating and general corporate purposes, or in connection with acquisitions. Corporate loans are secured (typically by a senior lien on the assets of the borrower) or unsecured, depending on the loan purpose, the risk profile of the borrower and other factors.

Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate loans includes originated loans that are directly or indirectly secured by hotels, retail stores, multifamily housing complexes and commercial and industrial properties. Commercial real estate loans also includes loans extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly backed by commercial real estate. In addition, commercial real estate includes loans purchased by the firm.

Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans primarily includes loans extended to wealth management clients and to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by residential real estate. In addition, residential real estate includes loans purchased by the firm.

Securities-Based. Securities-based loans includes loans that are secured by stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and exchange-traded funds. These loans are primarily extended to the firm’s wealth management clients and used for purposes other than purchasing, carrying or trading margin stocks. Securities-based loans require borrowers to post additional collateral on a daily basis (daily margin requirement) based on changes in the underlying collateral’s fair value.

Other Collateralized. Other collateralized loans includes loans that are backed by specific collateral (other than securities-based loans where there is a daily margin requirement and real estate loans). Such loans are extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by corporate loans, consumer loans and other assets. Other collateralized loans also includes loans to investment funds (managed by third parties) that are collateralized by capital commitments of the funds’ investors or assets held by the fund, as well as other secured loans extended to the firm’s wealth management and corporate clients.

Installment. Installment loans are unsecured loans that were originated by the firm.

Credit Cards. Credit card loans are loans made pursuant to revolving lines of credit issued to consumers by the firm.

Other. Other loans primarily includes unsecured loans extended to wealth management clients and unsecured consumer loans purchased by the firm.

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of loans, and Note 5 for information about loans within the fair value hierarchy.

Credit Quality

Risk Assessment. The firm’s risk assessment process includes evaluating the credit quality of its loans by Risk. For corporate loans and a majority of securities-based, real estate, other collateralized and other loans, the firm performs credit analyses which incorporate initial and ongoing evaluations of the capacity and willingness of a borrower to meet its financial obligations. These credit evaluations are performed on an annual basis or more frequently if deemed necessary as a result of events or changes in circumstances. The firm determines an internal credit rating for the borrower by considering the results of the credit evaluations and assumptions with respect to the nature of and outlook for the borrower’s industry and the economic environment. For collateralized loans, the firm also takes into consideration collateral received or other credit support arrangements when determining an internal credit rating. For consumer loans and for loans that are not assigned an internal credit rating, including U.S. residential mortgage loans extended to wealth management clients, the firm reviews certain key metrics, including, but not limited to, the Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores, loan to value ratios, delinquency status, collateral value and other risk factors.

The table below presents gross loans by an internally determined public rating agency equivalent or other credit metrics and the concentration of secured and unsecured loans.

$ in millionsInvestment-GradeNon-Investment- GradeOther Metrics/UnratedTotal
Accounting Method
Amortized cost$113,986$45,595$32,300$191,881
Fair value5058564,0995,460
Held for sale8697451,9113,525
Total$115,360$47,196$38,310$200,866
Loan Type
Corporate$8,601$21,370$1$29,972
Real estate:
Commercial18,17511,51410029,789
Residential10,2273,37512,36725,969
Securities-based12,6623203,49516,477
Other collateralized63,89610,44276975,107
Consumer:
Installment––7070
Credit cards––21,40321,403
Other1,7991751052,079
Total$115,360$47,196$38,310$200,866
Secured93%90%43%83%
Unsecured7%10%57%17%
Total100%100%100%100%
Accounting Method
Amortized cost$91,324$54,200$29,351$174,875
Fair value1,2121,2134,0816,506
Held for sale2551,6285,1447,027
Total$92,791$57,041$38,576$188,408
Loan Type
Corporate$9,408$26,328$138$35,874
Real estate:
Commercial12,09713,57435726,028
Residential10,7713,21711,40025,388
Securities-based10,9915613,06914,621
Other collateralized48,53613,20748262,225
Consumer:
Installment––3,2983,298
Credit cards––19,36119,361
Other9881544711,613
Total$92,791$57,041$38,576$188,408
Secured91%92%40%81%
Unsecured9%8%60%19%
Total100%100%100%100%

Substantially all residential real estate loans included in the other metrics/unrated category consists of loans extended to wealth management clients. As of both December 2024 and December 2023, substantially all of such loans had a loan-to-value ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance with the contractual terms. Additionally, as of both December 2024 and December 2023, the vast majority of such loans had a FICO credit score of greater than 740.

The vast majority of securities-based loans included in the other metrics/unrated category had a loan-to-value ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance with the contractual terms as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

For installment and credit card loans included in the other metrics/unrated category, the evaluation of credit quality incorporates the borrower’s FICO credit score. FICO credit scores are periodically refreshed by the firm to assess the updated creditworthiness of the borrower. See “Vintage” below for information about installment and credit card loans by FICO credit scores.

The firm also assigns a regulatory risk rating to its loans based on the definitions provided by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies. Total loans included 93% of loans as of December 2024 and 92% of loans as of December 2023 that were rated pass/non-criticized.

Vintage. The tables below present gross loans accounted for at amortized cost (excluding installment and credit card loans) by an internally determined public rating agency equivalent or other credit metrics and origination year for term loans.

As of December 2024
$ in millionsInvestment- GradeNon-Investment- GradeOther Metrics/ UnratedTotal
2024$1,447$2,545$–$3,992
20231,5221,446–2,968
20227272,08412,812
20212152,244–2,459
20201021,287–1,389
2019 or earlier3761,910–2,286
Revolving4,0018,696–12,697
Revolving converted to term–86–86
Corporate8,39020,298128,689
20242,9881,669274,684
20231,0791,252–2,331
20221,0181,664–2,682
20216241,901–2,525
2020273766–1,039
2019 or earlier972738181,728
Revolving10,3552,944513,304
Revolving converted to term201405–606
Commercial real estate17,51011,3395028,899
20247135841,7463,043
202322491,4141,647
202287462,5372,670
2021211222,5982,741
2020–64147
2019 or earlier–19306325
Revolving9,1822,588–11,770
Residential real estate10,2273,3748,64222,243
20241,52878161,622
202335––35
20225––5
2019 or earlier–22–22
Revolving11,0942203,47914,793
Securities-based12,6623203,49516,477
20245,0332,0091517,193
20233,8161,2791505,245
2022910144421,096
2021546739721,357
2020854566261,446
2019 or earlier1964525266
Revolving51,3735,2111556,599
Revolving converted to term71096–806
Other collateralized63,43810,08948174,008
202425773–330
202311310–123
2022366–42
202116–1632
2020–2–2
Revolving1,33784–1,421
Other1,759175161,950
Total$113,986$45,595$12,685$172,266
Percentage of total66%27%7%100%
As of December 2023
$ in millionsInvestment- GradeNon-Investment- GradeOther Metrics/ UnratedTotal
2023$2,475$1,912$16$4,403
20221,2233,284–4,507
20218484,045–4,893
20203062,098–2,404
2019451,909–1,954
2018 or earlier3712,102–2,473
Revolving3,8579,3552013,232
Corporate9,12524,7053633,866
20235531,547382,138
20221,2512,838–4,089
20211,1342,661–3,795
20202711,234–1,505
2019430631–1,061
2018 or earlier832744–1,576
Revolving7,1293,19230910,630
Revolving converted to term231––231
Commercial real estate11,83112,84734725,025
2023619541,6272,300
2022108412,6872,836
2021222492,7242,995
202032381107
20196–8995
2018 or earlier–20254274
Revolving9,8132,823–12,636
Residential real estate10,5713,2107,46221,243
20238––8
20225––5
2018 or earlier–303–303
Revolving10,9782583,06914,305
Securities-based10,9915613,06914,621
20235,4122,7672458,424
20221,940293692,302
20211,8838451022,830
20201,256469321,757
2019177749260
2018 or earlier4366621523
Revolving35,6058,242143,848
Revolving converted to term1,161––1,161
Other collateralized47,87012,75647961,105
20236021–81
2022679–76
2021685165
2020–3218221
2019––44
2018 or earlier––33
Revolving80380–883
Other9361212761,333
Total$91,324$54,200$11,669$157,193
Percentage of total58%35%7%100%

The table below presents gross installment loans accounted for at amortized cost by refreshed FICO credit scores and origination year and gross credit card loans by refreshed FICO credit scores.

$ in millionsGreater than or equal to 660Less than 660Total
Credit cards$13,090$6,525$19,615
Percentage67%33%100%
2023$79$10$89
202213218150
2021 or earlier11–11
Installment22228250
Credit cards11,1196,31317,432
Total$11,341$6,341$17,682
Percentage of total:
Installment89%11%100%
Credit cards64%36%100%
Total64%36%100%

In the table above, credit card loans consist of revolving lines of credit.

Credit Concentrations. The table below presents the concentration of gross loans by region.

$ in millionsCarrying ValueAmericasEMEAAsiaTotal
Corporate$29,97266%26%8%100%
Commercial real estate29,78978%18%4%100%
Residential real estate25,96994%5%1%100%
Securities-based16,47776%24%–100%
Other collateralized75,10786%12%2%100%
Consumer:
Installment70100%––100%
Credit cards21,403100%––100%
Other2,07996%4%–100%
Total$200,86683%14%3%100%
Corporate$35,87463%29%8%100%
Commercial real estate26,02880%17%3%100%
Residential real estate25,38895%4%1%100%
Securities-based14,62179%20%1%100%
Other collateralized62,22589%10%1%100%
Consumer:
Installment3,298100%––100%
Credit cards19,361100%––100%
Other1,61397%3%–100%
Total$188,40884%13%3%100%

The top five industry concentrations for corporate loans as of December 2024 were 24% for technology, media & telecommunications,16% for diversified industrials,14% for real estate,9% for financial institutions and 9% for healthcare.

The top five industry concentrations for corporate loans as of December 2023 were 25% for technology, media & telecommunications,17% for diversified industrials,13% for real estate,11% for consumer & retail and 9% for healthcare.

Nonaccrual, Past Due and Modified Loans. Loans accounted for at amortized cost (other than credit card loans) are placed on nonaccrual status when it is probable that the firm will not collect all principal and interest due under the contractual terms, regardless of the delinquency status or if a loan is past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well collateralized and in the process of collection. At that time, all accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income and interest subsequently collected is recognized on a cash basis to the extent the loan balance is deemed collectible. Otherwise, all cash received is used to reduce the outstanding loan balance. A loan is considered past due when a principal or interest payment has not been made according to its contractual terms. Credit card loans are not placed on nonaccrual status and accrue interest until the loan is paid in full or is charged off.

The table below presents information about past due loans.

$ in millions30-89 days90 days or moreTotal
Corporate$–$15$15
Commercial real estate186286472
Residential real estate31821
Securities-based6–6
Other collateralized–55
Consumer:
Credit cards417456873
Total$612$780$1,392
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost0.7%
Corporate$45$73$118
Commercial real estate137352489
Residential real estate12416
Securities-based2–2
Other collateralized9716
Consumer:
Installment6713
Credit cards463486949
Other71118
Total$681$940$1,621
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost0.9%

The table below presents information about nonaccrual loans.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Corporate$1,977$1,779
Commercial real estate8001,466
Residential real estate10419
Securities-based2–
Other collateralized757860
Other1217
Total$3,652$4,141
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost1.9%2.4%

Nonaccrual loans included $322 million as of December 2024 and $600 million as of December 2023 of loans that were 30 days or more past due.

Loans that were 90 days or more past due and still accruing were not material as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total nonaccrual loans was 127.8% as of December 2024 and 122.0% as of December 2023.

Commercial real estate, residential real estate, securities-based and other collateralized loans are collateral dependent loans and the repayment of such loans is generally expected to be provided by the operation or sale of the underlying collateral. The allowance for credit losses for such nonaccrual loans is determined by considering the fair value of the collateral less estimated cost to sell, if applicable. See Note 4 for further information about fair value measurements.

The firm may modify the terms of a loan agreement for a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Such modifications may include, among other things, forbearance of interest or principal, payment extensions or interest rate reductions.

The table below presents the carrying value of loans, as of both December 2024 and December 2023, that were modified during either 2024 or 2023.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Modified loans$1,208$846

Loan modifications during both 2024 and 2023 were primarily in the form of term extensions. These extensions increased the weighted average term by 19 months for loans modified during 2024 and by 16 months for loans modified during 2023.

Substantially all of the modified loans were related to corporate loans, commercial real estate loans and credit cards. Modified loans represented approximately 2% of corporate loans (at amortized cost), and approximately 1% of both commercial real estate loans (at amortized cost) and credit card loans (at amortized cost).

Lending commitments related to modified loans were $156 million as of December 2024 and werenot material as of December 2023.

During 2024, loans that defaulted after being modified werenot material. During 2023, the firm charged off approximately $100 million of loans that had defaulted after being modified. Substantially all of the remaining modified loans were performing in accordance with the modified contractual terms as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The firm’s allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for losses on loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost. Loans and lending commitments accounted for at fair value or accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value are not subject to an allowance for credit losses.

To determine the allowance for credit losses, the firm classifies its loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost into wholesale and consumer portfolios. These portfolios represent the level at which the firm has developed and documented its methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective basis for loans that exhibit similar risk characteristics using a modeled approach and on an asset-specific basis for loans that do not share similar risk characteristics.

The allowance for credit losses takes into account the weighted average of a range of forecasts of future economic conditions over the expected life of the loans and lending commitments. The expected life of each loan or lending commitment is determined based on the contractual term adjusted for extension options or demand features, or is modeled in the case of revolving credit card loans. The forecasts include baseline, favorable and adverse economic scenarios over athree-year period. For loans with expected lives beyond three years, the model reverts to historical loss information based on a non-linear modeled approach. The forecasted economic scenarios consider a number of risk factors relevant to the wholesale and consumer portfolios described below. The firm applies judgment in weighing individual scenarios each quarter based on a variety of factors, including the firm’s internally derived economic outlook, market consensus, recent macroeconomic conditions and industry trends.

The allowance for credit losses also includes qualitative components which allow management to reflect the uncertain nature of economic forecasting, capture uncertainty regarding model inputs, and account for model imprecision and concentration risk. The qualitative factors considered by management include, among others, changes and trends in loan portfolios, uncertainties associated with the macroeconomic and geopolitical environments, credit concentrations, changes in volume and severity of past due and criticized loans, idiosyncratic events and deterioration within an industry or region.

Management’s estimate of credit losses entails judgment about the expected life of the loan and loan collectability at the reporting dates, and there are uncertainties inherent in those judgments. The allowance for credit losses is subject to a governance process that involves senior management within Risk and Controllers. Personnel within Risk are responsible for forecasting the economic variables that underlie the economic scenarios that are used in the modeling of expected credit losses. While management uses the best information available to determine this estimate, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on, among other things, changes in the economic environment or variances between actual results and the original assumptions used.

The table below presents gross loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost by portfolio.

As of December
20242023
$ in millionsLoansLending CommitmentsLoansLending Commitments
Wholesale
Corporate$28,689$156,562$33,866$141,976
Commercial real estate28,8994,96925,0253,379
Residential real estate22,2431,74221,2431,431
Securities-based16,4771,54214,621691
Other collateralized74,00833,13661,10523,020
Other1,9508721,333888
Consumer
Installment––2501
Credit cards19,61563,78117,43256,479
Total$191,881$262,604$174,875$227,865

In the table above, wholesale loans included $3.65 billion as of December 2024 and $4.14 billion as of December 2023 of nonaccrual loans for which the allowance for credit losses was measured on an asset-specific basis. The allowance for credit losses on these loans was $735 million as of December 2024 and $778 million as of December 2023. These loans included $585 million as of December 2024 and $625 million as of December 2023 of loans which did not require a reserve as the loan was deemed to be recoverable.

See Note 18 for further information about lending commitments.

The following is a description of the methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses:

Wholesale. The allowance for credit losses for wholesale loans and lending commitments that exhibit similar risk characteristics is measured using a modeled approach. These models determine the probability of default and loss given default based on various risk factors, including internal credit ratings, industry default and loss data, expected life, macroeconomic indicators, the borrower’s capacity to meet its financial obligations, the borrower’s country of risk and industry, loan seniority and collateral type. For lending commitments, the methodology also considers the probability of drawdowns or funding. In addition, for loans backed by real estate, risk factors include the loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio and home price index. The most significant inputs to the forecast model for wholesale loans and lending commitments include unemployment rates, GDP, credit spreads, commercial and industrial delinquency rates, short- and long-term interest rates, and oil prices.

The allowance for loan losses for wholesale loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, such as nonaccrual loans, is calculated using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, the observable market price of the loan, or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, if applicable. Wholesale loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when deemed to be uncollectible.

Consumer. The allowance for credit losses for consumer loans that exhibit similar risk characteristics is calculated using a modeled approach which classifies consumer loans into pools based on borrower-related and exposure-related characteristics that differentiate a pool’s risk characteristics from other pools. The factors considered in determining a pool are generally consistent with the risk characteristics used for internal credit risk measurement and management and include key metrics, such as FICO credit scores, delinquency status, loan vintage and macroeconomic indicators. The most significant inputs to the forecast model for consumer loans include unemployment rates and delinquency rates. The expected life of revolving credit card loans is determined by modeling expected future draws and the timing and amount of repayments allocated to the funded balance. The firm does not recognize an allowance for credit losses on credit card lending commitments as they are cancellable by the firm.

Credit card loans are charged off when they are 180 days past due. Installment loans were charged off when they were 120 days past due.

Allowance for Credit Losses Rollforward

The table below presents information about the allowance for credit losses.

$ in millionsWholesaleConsumerTotal
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance$2,576$2,474$5,050
Charge-offs(169)(1,471)(1,640)
Recoveries121104225
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries(48)(1,367)(1,415)
Provision(292)1,5401,248
Other(137)(80)(217)
Ending balance$2,099$2,567$4,666
Allowance ratio1.2%13.1%2.4%
Net charge-off ratio–7.6%0.8%
Allowance for losses on lending commitments
Beginning balance$620$–$620
Provision56–56
Other(2)–(2)
Ending balance$674$–$674
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance$2,562$2,981$5,543
Charge-offs(455)(1,246)(1,701)
Recoveries5598153
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries(400)(1,148)(1,548)
Provision5406411,181
Other(126)–(126)
Ending balance$2,576$2,474$5,050
Allowance ratio1.6%14.0%2.9%
Net charge-off ratio0.3%5.5%0.9%
Allowance for losses on lending commitments
Beginning balance$711$63$774
Provision(90)(63)(153)
Other(1)–(1)
Ending balance$620$–$620

Other primarily represented the reduction to the allowance related to loans transferred to held for sale.

The allowance ratio is calculated by dividing the allowance for loan losses by gross loans accounted for at amortized cost.

The net charge-off ratio is calculated by dividing net (charge-offs)/recoveries by average gross loans accounted for at amortized cost.

Forecast Model Inputs as of December 2024

When modeling expected credit losses, the firm employs a weighted, multi-scenario forecast, which includes baseline, adverse and favorable economic scenarios. As of December 2024, this multi-scenario forecast was weighted towards the baseline and adverse economic scenarios.

The table below presents the forecasted U.S. unemployment and U.S. GDP growth rates used in the baseline economic scenario of the forecast model.

As of December 2024
U.S. unemployment rate
Forecast for the quarter ended:
June 20254.4%
December 20254.4%
June 20264.3%
Growth in U.S. GDP
Forecast for the year:
20252.0%
20261.7%
20271.7%

The adverse economic scenario of the forecast model reflects a global recession in the first quarter of 2025 through the first quarter of 2026, resulting in an economic contraction and rising unemployment rates. In this scenario, the U.S. unemployment rate peaks at approximately 7.4% during the first quarter of 2026 and the maximum decline in the quarterly U.S. GDP relative to the fourth quarter of 2024 is approximately 2.7%, which occurs during the fourth quarter of 2025.

U.S. unemployment rate represents the rate forecasted as of the respective quarter-end.

Growth in U.S. GDP represents the year-over-year growth rate forecasted for the respective years.

While the U.S. unemployment and U.S. GDP growth rates are significant inputs to the forecast model, the model contemplates a variety of other inputs across a range of scenarios to provide a forecast of future economic conditions. Given the complex nature of the forecasting process, no single economic variable can be viewed in isolation and independently of other inputs.

Allowance for Credit Losses Commentary

Year Ended December 2024. The allowance for credit losses decreased by $330 million during 2024, primarily reflecting a reserve release relating to the wholesale portfolio due to improved macroeconomic environment, partially offset by growth in the credit card portfolio.

Charge-offs for 2024 for wholesale loans (principally related to term loans originated in 2022 and 2021) were primarily related to corporate loans and charge-offs for consumer loans were primarily related to credit cards.

Year Ended December 2023. The allowance for credit losses decreased by $647 million during 2023, reflecting a net release related to the GreenSky installment loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction of $637 million related to the partial sale and transfer of the portfolio to held for sale), a reserve reduction of $442 million associated with the sale of Marcus loans, a reserve reduction of $160 million related to the transfer of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio to held for sale, a reserve release in the consumer portfolio based on actual repayment experience and lower balances in corporate loans due to sales and paydowns, partially offset by asset-specific provisions and ratings downgrades in the wholesale portfolio and seasoning of the credit card portfolio.

Charge-offs for 2023 for wholesale loans (principally related to term loans originated in 2021 and revolving loans) were primarily related to corporate loans and charge-offs for consumer loans were primarily related to credit cards.

Estimated Fair Value

The table below presents the estimated fair value of loans that are not accounted for at fair value and in what level of the fair value hierarchy they would have been classified if they had been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy.

Carrying Value · Estimated Fair Value
$ in millions · Level 2 · Level 3 · Total
Amortized cost$187,215$99,790$89,540$189,330
Held for sale$3,525$2,928$600$3,528
Amortized cost$169,825$88,485$83,288$171,773
Held for sale$7,027$3,992$3,038$7,030

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of loans, and Note 5 for information about loans within the fair value hierarchy.

Note 10.

Fair Value Option

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value

In addition to trading assets and liabilities, and certain investments and loans, the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and liabilities at fair value, substantially all under the fair value option. The primary reasons for electing the fair value option are to:

Reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;

Mitigate volatility in earnings from using different measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value, whereas the related secured financing would be recorded on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option); and

Address simplification and cost-benefit considerations (e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).

Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require settlement by physical delivery of nonfinancial assets (e.g., physical commodities). Unless the firm has elected to account for the entire hybrid financial instrument at fair value under the fair value option, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the associated host contract, the derivative is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedges.

Other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option include:

Repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements;

Certain securities borrowed and loaned transactions;

Certain customer and other receivables and certain other assets and liabilities;

Certain time deposits (deposits with no stated maturity are not eligible for a fair value option election), including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments;

Substantially all other secured financings, including structured financing arrangements and transfers of assets accounted for as financings; and

Certain unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments.

See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities, and Note 5 for information about other financial assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy.

Gains and Losses on Other Financial Assets and Liabilities Accounted for at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option

The table below presents the gains and losses recognized in earnings as a result of the election to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets and liabilities.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Unsecured short-term borrowings$(2,749)$(4,341)$4,055
Unsecured long-term borrowings(3,295)(4,937)6,506
Other(356)(513)1,072
Total$(6,400)$(9,791)$11,633

Gains/(losses) were substantially all included in market making.

Gains/(losses) exclude contractual interest, which is included in interest income and interest expense, for all instruments other than hybrid financial instruments. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

Gains/(losses) included in unsecured short- and long-term borrowings were substantially all related to the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments. These gains and losses would have been recognized under other U.S. GAAP even if the firm had not elected to account for the entire hybrid financial instrument at fair value.

Gains/(losses) included in other were primarily related to resale and repurchase agreements, deposits and other secured financings.

Other financial assets and liabilities at fair value are frequently economically hedged with trading assets and liabilities. Accordingly, gains or losses on such other financial assets and liabilities can be partially offset by gains or losses on trading assets and liabilities. As a result, gains or losses on other financial assets and liabilities do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

Gains/(losses) on trading assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option are included in market making. See Note 6 for further information about gains/(losses) from market making. See Note 8 for information about gains/(losses) on equity securities and Note 9 for information about gains/(losses) on loans which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Long-Term Debt Instruments

The difference between the aggregate contractual principal amount and the related fair value of long-term other secured financings, for which the fair value option was elected was not material as of December 2024, and the aggregate contractual principal amount exceeded the fair value by $147 million as of December 2023.

The aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured long-term borrowings, for which the fair value option was elected, exceeded the related fair value by $4.23 billion as of December 2024 and $3.37 billion as of December 2023.

These debt instruments include both principal-protected and non-principal-protected long-term borrowings.

Debt Valuation Adjustment

The firm calculates the fair value of financial liabilities for which the fair value option is elected by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the firm’s credit spreads.

The table below presents information about the net debt valuation adjustment (DVA) gains/(losses) on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Pre-tax DVA$(351)$(1,355)$1,882
After-tax DVA$(263)$(1,015)$1,403

After-tax DVA is included in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The gains/(losses) reclassified to market making in the consolidated statements of earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) upon extinguishment of such financial liabilities were not material for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Loans and Lending Commitments

The table below presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate contractual principal amount for loans (included in trading assets and loans in the consolidated balance sheets) for which the fair value option was elected.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Performing loans
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value$965$1,893
Loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value$2,402$2,305
Aggregate fair value$1,454$1,508

In the table above, the aggregate contractual principal amount of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due (which excludes loans carried at zero fair value and considered uncollectible) exceeds the related fair value primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as distressed loans, at values significantly below the contractual principal amounts.

The total contractual amount of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was $568 million as of December 2024 and $878 million as of December 2023, and the related fair value of these lending commitments was not material as of both December 2024 and December 2023. See Note 18 for further information about lending commitments.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Loans and Lending Commitments

The estimated net loss attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads on loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was not material for 2024, $125 million for 2023 and $281 million for 2022. The firm generally calculates the fair value of loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option is elected by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the instrument-specific credit spreads. For floating-rate loans and lending commitments, substantially all changes in fair value are attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads, whereas for fixed-rate loans and lending commitments, changes in fair value are also attributable to changes in interest rates.

Note 11.

Collateralized Agreements and Financings

Collateralized agreements are resale agreements and securities borrowed. Collateralized financings are repurchase agreements, securities loaned and other secured financings. The firm enters into these transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain firm activities.

Collateralized agreements and financings with the same settlement date are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are subject to netting agreements. Interest on collateralized agreements, which is included in interest income, and collateralized financings, which is included in interest expense, is recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements

A resale agreement is a transaction in which the firm purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the firm sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

Even though repurchase and resale agreements (including “repos- and reverses-to-maturity”) involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold before or at the maturity of the agreement. The financial instruments purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements typically include U.S. government and agency obligations, and investment-grade sovereign obligations.

The firm receives financial instruments purchased under resale agreements and makes delivery of financial instruments sold under repurchase agreements. To mitigate credit exposure, the firm monitors the market value of these financial instruments on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the financial instruments, as appropriate. For resale agreements, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about repurchase and resale agreements.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned Transactions

In a securities borrowed transaction, the firm borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash or securities. When the firm returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash or securities. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

In a securities loaned transaction, the firm lends securities to a counterparty in exchange for cash or securities. When the counterparty returns the securities, the firm returns the cash or securities posted as collateral. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

In a transaction where the firm lends securities and receives securities that can be delivered or pledged as collateral, the firm recognizes the securities received within securities borrowed and the obligation to return those securities within securities loaned in the consolidated balance sheets.

The firm receives securities borrowed and makes delivery of securities loaned. To mitigate credit exposure, the firm monitors the market value of these securities on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the securities, as appropriate. For securities borrowed transactions, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the securities borrowed transaction.

Securities borrowed and loaned within FICC financing are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about securities borrowed and loaned accounted for at fair value.

Substantially all of the securities borrowed and loaned within Equities financing are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. The firm also reviews such securities borrowed to determine if an allowance for credit losses should be recorded by taking into consideration the fair value of collateral received. As these agreements generally can be terminated on demand, they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Therefore, the carrying value of such agreements approximates fair value. As these agreements are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these agreements been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Offsetting Arrangements

The table below presents resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions included in the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the amounts not offset in the consolidated balance sheets.

Assets · Liabilities
$ in millionsResale agreementsSecurities borrowedRepurchase agreementsSecurities loaned
Included in the consolidated balance sheets
Gross carrying value$313,924$205,259$408,242$66,674
Counterparty netting(133,862)(10,614)(133,862)(10,614)
Total180,062194,645274,38056,060
Amounts not offset(176,390)(187,474)(270,150)(55,910)
Total$3,672$7,171$4,230$150
As of December 2023
Included in the consolidated balance sheets
Gross carrying value$315,112$199,753$341,194$60,816
Counterparty netting(91,307)(333)(91,307)(333)
Total223,805199,420249,88760,483
Amounts not offset(218,494)(192,291)(246,634)(60,180)
Total$5,311$7,129$3,253$303

Substantially all of the gross carrying values of these arrangements are subject to enforceable netting agreements.

Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted.

Amounts not offset includes counterparty netting that does not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP and the fair value of collateral received or posted subject to enforceable credit support agreements.

Resale agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets of $179.79 billion as of December 2024 and $223.54 billion as of December 2023 and all repurchase agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about resale agreements and repurchase agreements accounted for at fair value.

Securities borrowed included in the consolidated balance sheets of $46.90 billion as of December 2024 and $44.93 billion as of December 2023, and securities loaned included in the consolidated balance sheets of $10.25 billion as of December 2024 and $8.93 billion as of December 2023 were at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about securities borrowed and securities loaned accounted for at fair value.

Gross Carrying Value of Repurchase Agreements and Securities Loaned

The table below presents the gross carrying value of repurchase agreements and securities loaned by class of collateral pledged.

$ in millionsRepurchase agreementsSecurities loaned
Money market instruments$61$–
U.S. government and agency obligations276,341–
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations95,812461
Securities backed by commercial real estate407–
Securities backed by residential real estate1,154–
Corporate debt securities11,521376
State and municipal obligations573–
Other debt obligations289–
Equity securities22,08465,837
Total$408,242$66,674
Money market instruments$3$–
U.S. government and agency obligations228,718216
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations85,230376
Securities backed by commercial real estate135–
Securities backed by residential real estate641–
Corporate debt securities10,585230
State and municipal obligations57–
Other debt obligations144–
Equity securities15,68159,994
Total$341,194$60,816

The table below presents the gross carrying value of repurchase agreements and securities loaned by maturity.

As of December 2024
$ in millionsRepurchase agreementsSecurities loaned
No stated maturity and overnight$189,068$40,189
2 - 30 days115,9491,638
31 - 90 days41,3611,634
91 days - 1 year38,96712,068
Greater than 1 year22,89711,145
Total$408,242$66,674

Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.

Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.

Other Secured Financings

In addition to repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of other secured financings and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These other secured financings include:

Liabilities of CIEs and consolidated VIEs;

Transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales (e.g., pledged commodities, bank loans and mortgage whole loans); and

Other structured financing arrangements.

Other secured financings included nonrecourse arrangements. Nonrecourse other secured financings were $3.74 billion as of December 2024 and $5.57 billion as of December 2023.

The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to substantially all other secured financings because the use of fair value eliminates non-economic volatility in earnings that would arise from using different measurement attributes. See Note 5 for further information about other secured financings that are accounted for at fair value.

Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. As these financings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these financings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 3 as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

The table below presents information about other secured financings.

$ in millionsU.S. DollarNon-U.S. DollarTotal
Other secured financings
Short-term$16,333$4,582$20,915
Long-term1,3775,8587,235
Total other secured financings$17,710$10,440$28,150
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments$17,094$8,644$25,738
Other assets$616$1,796$2,412
Other secured financings
Short-term$3,385$3,819$7,204
Long-term2,1443,8465,990
Total other secured financings$5,529$7,665$13,194
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments$3,122$6,755$9,877
Other assets$2,407$910$3,317

Short-term other secured financings includes financings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and financings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.

Other secured financings included $27.99 billion as of December 2024 and $12.55 billion as of December 2023 of financings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Non-U.S. dollar-denominated short-term other secured financings had a weighted average interest rate of 0.47% as of December 2023. This rate includes the effect of hedging activities and excludes other secured financings held at fair value under the fair value option. As of December 2024, all of the non-U.S. dollar-denominated short-term other secured financings were held at fair value under the fair value option.

U.S. dollar-denominated long-term other secured financings had a weighted average interest rate of 7.16% as of December 2024 and 3.44% as of December 2023. These rates include the effect of hedging activities and excludes other secured financings held at fair value under the fair value option.

All U.S. dollar denominated short-term and non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term other secured financings were held at fair value under the fair value option.

Total other secured financings included $2.50 billion as of December 2024 and $2.34 billion as of December 2023 related to transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings rather than sales. Such financings were collateralized by financial assets, primarily included in trading assets, of $2.50 billion as of December 2024 and $2.36 billion as of December 2023.

Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments included $24.39 billion as of December 2024 and $8.38 billion as of December 2023 of other secured financings collateralized by trading assets, investments and loans, and included $1.35 billion as of December 2024 and $1.49 billion as of December 2023 of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged.

The table below presents other secured financings by maturity.

As of
$ in millionsDecember 2024
Other secured financings (short-term)$20,915
Other secured financings (long-term):
20264,626
2027475
20281,223
2029184
2030 - thereafter727
Total other secured financings (long-term)7,235
Total other secured financings$28,150

Long-term other secured financings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.

Long-term other secured financings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.

Collateral Received and Pledged

The firm receives cash and securities (e.g., U.S. government and agency obligations, other sovereign and corporate obligations, as well as equity securities) as collateral, primarily in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed, derivative transactions and customer margin loans. The firm obtains cash and securities as collateral on an upfront or contingent basis for derivative instruments and collateralized agreements to reduce its credit exposure to individual counterparties.

In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge financial instruments received as collateral when entering into repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, primarily in connection with secured client financing activities. The firm is also permitted to deliver or repledge these financial instruments in connection with other secured financings, collateralized derivative transactions and firm or customer settlement requirements.

The firm also pledges certain trading assets in connection with repurchase agreements, securities loaned transactions and other secured financings, and other assets (substantially all real estate and cash) in connection with other secured financings to counterparties who may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them.

The table below presents financial instruments at fair value received as collateral that were available to be delivered or repledged and were delivered or repledged.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged$1,038,740$1,002,891
Collateral that was delivered or repledged$912,863$862,988

The table below presents information about assets pledged.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Pledged to counterparties that had the right to deliver or repledge
Trading assets$148,417$110,567
Pledged to counterparties that did not have the right to deliver or repledge
Trading assets$173,254$138,404
Investments$8,712$22,165
Loans$12,065$8,865
Other assets$1,590$3,924

The firm also segregates securities for regulatory and other purposes related to client activity. Such securities are segregated from trading assets and investments, as well as from securities received as collateral under resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions. Securities segregated by the firm were $64.21 billion as of December 2024 and $49.26 billion as of December 2023.

Note 12.

Other Assets

The table below presents other assets by type.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment$8,024$11,244
Goodwill5,8535,916
Identifiable intangible assets8471,177
Operating lease right-of-use assets1,9672,171
Income tax-related assets9,1318,157
Miscellaneous receivables and other8,3657,925
Total$34,187$36,590

Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

Property, leasehold improvements and equipment is net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $13.64 billion as of both December 2024 and December 2023. Property, leasehold improvements and equipment included $6.57 billion as of December 2024 and $6.65 billion as of December 2023 that the firm uses in connection with its operations, and $52 million as of December 2024 and $124 million as of December 2023 of foreclosed real estate. The remainder is held by investment entities, including VIEs, consolidated by the firm. Substantially all property and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. Capitalized costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis over three years.

The firm tests property, leasehold improvements and equipment for impairment when events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset or asset group exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the asset or asset group, the firm determines the asset or asset group is impaired and records an impairment equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment prior to the sale of an asset or asset group if the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Any impairments recognized are included in depreciation and amortization. The firm had impairments of $228 million during 2024 and $314 million during 2022, substantially all related to commercial real estate included in CIEs within Asset & Wealth Management. During 2023, the firm had impairments of $1.46 billion related to commercial real estate included in CIEs within Asset & Wealth Management and $118 million related to capitalized software substantially all within Platform Solutions and Asset & Wealth Management.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date.

The table below presents the carrying value of goodwill by reporting unit.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Global Banking & Markets:
Investment banking$267$267
FICC269269
Equities2,6472,647
Asset & Wealth Management:
Asset management1,3611,410
Wealth management1,3091,309
Platform Solutions:
Transaction banking and other–14
Total$5,853$5,916

Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. When assessing goodwill for impairment, first, a qualitative assessment can be made to determine whether it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill test is performed. Alternatively, a quantitative goodwill test can be performed without performing a qualitative assessment.

The quantitative goodwill test compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value (including goodwill and identifiable intangible assets). If the reporting unit’s estimated fair value exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. An impairment is recognized if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value and any such impairment is included in depreciation and amortization.

When performing a quantitative goodwill test, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on valuation techniques the firm believes market participants would use to value these reporting units. Estimated fair values are generally derived from utilizing a relative value technique, which applies observable price-to-earnings multiples or price-to-book multiples of comparable competitors to the reporting units’ net earnings or net book value, or a discounted cash flow valuation approach, for reporting units with businesses in early stages of development. The carrying value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of total shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under currently applicable regulatory capital requirements.

During the third quarter of 2024, in connection with the planned sale of the firm’s seller financing loan portfolio, the firm performed a quantitative goodwill test and determined that the goodwill associated with Transaction banking and other was impaired, and accordingly, recorded a $14 million impairment.

In the fourth quarter of 2024, the firm performed its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment, for each of its reporting units with goodwill, by performing a qualitative assessment. Multiple factors were assessed with respect to each of these reporting units to determine whether it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each of those reporting units was less than its carrying value.

The firm considered the following factors in the qualitative annual assessment:

Performance Indicators. During 2024, the firm’s net revenues, efficiency ratio (total operating expenses divided by total net revenues), diluted earnings per common share (EPS), return on average common shareholders’ equity and book value per common share all improved from 2023 and from 2022 (when a quantitative test was last performed). Within the reporting units with goodwill, there continued to be solid fundamentals underlying our businesses, where the firm continued to maintain industry leadership positions and execute on strategic goals.

Macroeconomic Indicators. Despite broad macroeconomic and geopolitical concerns, the global economy continued to grow in 2024.

Firm and Industry Events. There were no events, entity-specific or otherwise, that would have had a significant negative impact on the valuation of the firm’s reporting units with goodwill.

Fair Value Indicators. Fair value indicators for both the firm and its peers have generally improved since the annual assessment performed in 2023 and from 2022 (when a quantitative test was last performed).

As a result of the annual assessment, the firm determined that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with goodwill exceeded its respective carrying value. Therefore, the firm determined that goodwill for each reporting unit was not impaired and that a quantitative goodwill test was not required.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The table below presents identifiable intangible assets by type.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Customer lists
Gross carrying value$2,187$2,339
Accumulated amortization(1,358)(1,292)
Net carrying value8291,047
Other
Gross carrying value82866
Accumulated amortization(64)(736)
Net carrying value18130
Total gross carrying value2,2693,205
Total accumulated amortization(1,422)(2,028)
Total net carrying value$847$1,177

The decrease in the net carrying value of identifiable intangible assets from December 2023 to December 2024 reflected a $110 million reduction due to the sale of GreenSky Holdings, LLC (GreenSky) and a $72 million write-down in connection with the classification of the GM credit card program (included within Platform Solutions) as held for sale in 2024.

Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets have finite useful lives and are amortized over their estimated useful lives generally using the straight-line method.

The tables below present information about the amortization of identifiable intangible assets.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Amortization$176$681$174

In the table above, amortization for 2024 included the write-down related to the GM credit card program noted above. Amortization for 2023 included a $506 million write-down related to GreenSky.

As of
$ in millionsDecember 2024
Estimated future amortization
2025$79
2026$73
2027$73
2028$72
2029$72

The firm tests identifiable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset or asset group exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the asset or asset group, the firm determines the asset or asset group is impaired and records an impairment equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment prior to the sale of an asset or asset group if the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Other than as noted above, there were no material impairments or write-downs during each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets

The firm enters into operating leases for real estate, office equipment and other assets, substantially all of which are used in connection with its operations. For leases longer than one year, the firm recognizes a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability representing the liability to make payments. The lease term is generally determined based on the contractual maturity of the lease. For leases where the firm has the option to terminate or extend the lease, an assessment of the likelihood of exercising the option is incorporated into the determination of the lease term. Such assessment is initially performed at the inception of the lease and is updated if events occur that impact the original assessment.

An operating lease right-of-use asset is initially determined based on the operating lease liability, adjusted for initial direct costs, lease incentives and amounts paid at or prior to lease commencement. This amount is then amortized over the lease term. Right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities recognized (in non-cash transactions for leases entered into or assumed) by the firm were $167 million for 2024, $333 million for 2023 and $256 million for 2022. See Note 15 for information about operating lease liabilities.

For leases where the firm will derive no economic benefit from leased space that it has vacated or where the firm has shortened the term of a lease when space is no longer needed, the firm will record an impairment or accelerated amortization of right-of-use assets. There were no material impairments or accelerated amortizations during each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Miscellaneous Receivables and Other

Miscellaneous receivables and other included:

Investments in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects of $3.46 billion as of December 2024 and $3.39 billion as of December 2023. The firm receives tax credits for such investments. See Note 17 for further information about these investments.

Assets classified as held for sale were $517 million as of December 2024 and $518 million as of December 2023. See below for further information.

Assets Held for Sale. During 2024, in connection with the planned transition of the GM credit card program to another issuer, the firm classified the GM credit card program (within Platform Solutions) as held for sale. The firm had previously classified the GM co-branded credit card loans as held for sale in 2023. As of December 2024, the assets related to the GM credit card program consisted of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio of $1.8 billion (included in loans). See Note 9 for further information about loans classified as held for sale.

Assets held for sale also included $517 million as of December 2024 and $327 million as of December 2023 of assets related to certain of the firm’s consolidated investments within Asset & Wealth Management. Substantially all of these assets consisted of property and equipment and were included in miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets. In addition, as of December 2023, GreenSky (within Platform Solutions) was classified as held for sale. Assets related to GreenSky were approximately $3.4 billion and consisted of loans of approximately $3.0 billion (included in loans), segregated cash of approximately $110 million (included in cash and cash equivalents), identifiable intangible assets of approximately $110 million (included in identifiable intangible assets within other assets) and other assets of approximately $190 million (included in miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets). During 2024, the firm completed the sale of GreenSky. See Note 9 for further information about loans classified as held for sale, above for further information about identifiable intangible assets, and Note 15 for information about liabilities classified as held for sale.

Note 13.

Deposits

The table below presents information about deposits.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
U.S. offices$341,711$333,116
Non-U.S. offices91,30295,301
Total$433,013$428,417

Deposits include savings, demand and time deposits.

All U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA). Substantially all non-U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB) and Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE (GSBE).

Substantially all deposits are interest-bearing.

The table below presents maturities of time deposits held in U.S. and non-U.S. offices.

As of December 2024
$ in millionsU.S.Non-U.S.Total
2025$86,122$23,167$109,289
20266,3255436,868
20272,1922152,407
20281,0311941,225
20291,3821921,574
2030 - thereafter1,265501,315
Total$98,317$24,361$122,678

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations that met or exceeded the applicable insurance limits, or were otherwise not covered by insurance, were $19.00 billion in U.S. deposits and $23.92 billion in non-U.S. deposits.

Time deposits included $44.86 billion as of December 2024 and $29.46 billion as of December 2023 of deposits accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 10 for further information about deposits accounted for at fair value.

The firm’s savings and demand deposits are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of its time deposits not accounted for at fair value from fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. The carrying value of time deposits not accounted for at fair value approximated fair value as of both December 2024 and December 2023. As these savings and demand deposits and time deposits are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these deposits been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Note 14.

Unsecured Borrowings

The table below presents information about unsecured borrowings.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Unsecured short-term borrowings$69,709$75,945
Unsecured long-term borrowings242,634241,877
Total$312,343$317,822

Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings

Unsecured short-term borrowings includes the portion of unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.

The firm accounts for certain hybrid financial instruments at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 10 for further information about unsecured short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of its unsecured short-term borrowings not accounted for at fair value from fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. The carrying value of unsecured short-term borrowings that are not recorded at fair value generally approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the obligations. As these unsecured short-term borrowings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

The table below presents information about unsecured short-term borrowings.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings$38,521$49,361
Hybrid financial instruments29,13023,073
Commercial paper–1,213
Other unsecured short-term borrowings2,0582,298
Total unsecured short-term borrowings$69,709$75,945
Weighted average interest rate5.87%3.64%

In the table above, the weighted average interest rates for these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and exclude unsecured short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings

The table below presents information about unsecured long-term borrowings.

$ in millionsU.S. DollarNon-U.S. DollarTotal
Fixed-rate obligations:
Group Inc.$116,077$24,613$140,690
Subsidiaries7,0343,70810,742
Floating-rate obligations:
Group Inc.18,0178,81626,833
Subsidiaries42,71321,65664,369
Total$183,841$58,793$242,634
Fixed-rate obligations:
Group Inc.$112,821$31,023$143,844
Subsidiaries1,9923,7395,731
Floating-rate obligations:
Group Inc.18,93612,55531,491
Subsidiaries38,11722,69460,811
Total$171,866$70,011$241,877

Unsecured long-term borrowings consists principally of senior borrowings, which have maturities extending through 2061.

Unsecured long-term borrowings included $89.19 billion as of December 2024 and $86.41 billion as of December 2023 of borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. The carrying value of unsecured long-term borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value option was $153.44 billion as of December 2024 and $155.47 billion as of December 2023. The estimated fair value of such unsecured long-term borrowings was $156.31 billion as of December 2024 and $157.75 billion as of December 2023. As these borrowings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Floating-rate obligations includes equity-linked, credit-linked and indexed instruments. Floating interest rates are generally based on SOFR and Euro Interbank Offered Rate.

U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates ranging from 0.86% to 6.75% (with a weighted average rate of 4.10%) as of December 2024 and 0.86% to 6.75% (with a weighted average rate of 3.73%) as of December 2023. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates ranging from 0.25% to 7.25% (with a weighted average rate of 2.04%) as of December 2024 and 0.25% to 7.25% (with a weighted average rate of 2.11%) as of December 2023. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity.

As of December 2024
$ in millionsGroup Inc.SubsidiariesTotal
2026$22,884$14,046$36,930
202722,38918,74941,138
202820,7288,47629,204
202921,20511,53132,736
2030 - thereafter80,31722,309102,626
Total$167,523$75,111$242,634

Unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder are excluded as they are included in unsecured short-term borrowings.

Unsecured long-term borrowings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.

Unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.

Unsecured long-term borrowings included $(10.74) billion of adjustments to the carrying value of certain unsecured long-term borrowings resulting from the application of hedge accounting by year of maturity as follows: $(250) million in 2026, $(837) million in 2027, $(867) million in 2028, $(874) million in 2029 and $(7.91) billion in 2030 and thereafter.

The firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of fixed-rate unsecured long-term borrowings not accounted for at fair value into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings, after giving effect to such hedging activities.

$ in millionsGroup Inc.SubsidiariesTotal
Fixed-rate obligations$19,883$5,783$25,666
Floating-rate obligations147,64069,328216,968
Total$167,523$75,111$242,634
Fixed-rate obligations$15,460$4,912$20,372
Floating-rate obligations159,87561,630221,505
Total$175,335$66,542$241,877

In the table above, the aggregate amounts of unsecured long-term borrowings had weighted average interest rates of 5.72% (4.39% related to fixed-rate obligations and 5.82% related to floating-rate obligations) as of December 2024 and 6.13% (3.44% related to fixed-rate obligations and 6.27% related to floating-rate obligations) as of December 2023. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Subordinated Borrowings

Unsecured long-term borrowings includes subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt. Subordinated debt that matures within one year is included in unsecured short-term borrowings. Junior subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to other subordinated borrowings, which are junior to senior borrowings. Subordinated debt had maturities ranging from 2025 to 2045 as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

The table below presents information about subordinated borrowings.

$ in millionsPar AmountCarrying ValueRate
Subordinated debt$12,131$11,2176.89%
Junior subordinated debt9681,0045.88%
Total$13,099$12,2216.82%
Subordinated debt$12,215$11,8987.79%
Junior subordinated debt9681,0536.30%
Total$13,183$12,9517.68%

The par amount of subordinated debt issued by Group Inc. was $12.13 billion as of December 2024 and $12.22 billion as of December 2023, and the carrying value of subordinated debt issued by Group Inc. was $11.22 billion as of December 2024 and $11.90 billion as of December 2023.

The rate is the weighted average interest rate for these borrowings (excluding borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option), including the effect of fair value hedges used to convert fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

Junior Subordinated Debt

In 2004, Group Inc. issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debt to Goldman Sachs Capital I, a Delaware statutory trust. Goldman Sachs Capital I issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests (Trust Preferred securities) to third parties and $85 million of common beneficial interests to Group Inc. As of both December 2024 and December 2023, the outstanding par amount of junior subordinated debt held by Goldman Sachs Capital I was $968 million and the outstanding par amount of Trust Preferred securities and common beneficial interests issued by Goldman Sachs Capital I was $939 million and $29 million, respectively. Goldman Sachs Capital I is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.

The firm pays interest semi-annually on the junior subordinated debt at an annual rate of 6.345% and the debt matures on February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the payment dates applicable to the beneficial interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates for the junior subordinated debt. The firm has the right, from time to time, to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated debt, and therefore cause payment on Goldman Sachs Capital I’s preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up toten consecutive semi-annual periods. During any such deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common stock. Goldman Sachs Capital I is not permitted to pay any distributions on the common beneficial interests held by Group Inc. unless all dividends payable on the preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full.

Note 15.

Other Liabilities

The table below presents other liabilities by type.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Compensation and benefits$8,770$7,804
Income tax-related liabilities3,5442,947
Operating lease liabilities2,0622,232
Noncontrolling interests401363
Employee interests in consolidated funds1619
Accrued expenses and other9,42710,438
Total$24,220$23,803

Operating Lease Liabilities

For leases longer than one year, the firm recognizes a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability representing the liability to make payments. See Note 12 for information about operating lease right-of-use assets.

The table below presents information about operating lease liabilities.

$ in millionsOperating lease liabilities
As of December 2024
2025$295
2026315
2027278
2028252
2029225
2030 - thereafter1,298
Total undiscounted lease payments2,663
Imputed interest(601)
Total operating lease liabilities$2,062
Weighted average remaining lease term12 years
Weighted average discount rate4.25%
As of December 2023
2024$325
2025325
2026288
2027256
2028231
2029 - thereafter1,462
Total undiscounted lease payments2,887
Imputed interest(655)
Total operating lease liabilities$2,232
Weighted average remaining lease term12 years
Weighted average discount rate4.13%

In the table above, the weighted average discount rate represents the firm’s incremental borrowing rate as of the date of adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” for operating leases existing on the date of adoption and as of the lease inception date for leases entered into subsequent to the adoption of this ASU.

Operating lease costs were $473 million for 2024, $484 million for 2023 and $462 million for 2022. Variable lease costs, which are included in operating lease costs, were not material for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022. Total occupancy expenses for space held in excess of the firm’s current requirements were not material for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Lease payments relating to operating lease arrangements that were signed but had not yet commenced were $1.10 billion as of December 2024.

Accrued Expenses and Other

Accrued expenses and other included:

Liabilities classified as held for sale werenot material as of December 2024 and were $257 million as of December 2023, substantially all of which related to GreenSky within Platform Solutions and consisted primarily of customer and other payables. See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

Contract liabilities, which represent consideration received by the firm in connection with its contracts with clients prior to providing the service, werenot material as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Accrued unfunded commitments related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects were $2.15 billion as of December 2024 and $2.26 billion as of December 2023. See Note 17 for further information about these investments.

Note 16.

Securitization Activities

The firm securitizes residential and commercial mortgages, corporate bonds, loans and other types of financial assets by selling these assets to securitization vehicles (e.g., trusts, corporate entities and limited liability companies) or through a resecuritization. The firm acts as underwriter of the beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm’s residential mortgage securitizations are primarily in connection with government agency securitizations.

The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has relinquished control over the transferred financial assets. Prior to securitization, the firm generally accounts for assets pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically recognize significant gains or losses upon the transfer of assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying beneficial interests to investors.

The firm generally receives cash in exchange for the transferred assets but may also have continuing involvement with the transferred financial assets, including ownership of beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, primarily in the form of debt instruments. The firm may also purchase senior or subordinated securities issued by securitization vehicles (which are typically VIEs) in connection with secondary market-making activities.

The primary risks included in beneficial interests and other interests from the firm’s continuing involvement with securitization vehicles are the performance of the underlying collateral, the position of the firm’s investment in the capital structure of the securitization vehicle and the market yield for the security. Interests accounted for at fair value are primarily classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Interests not accounted for at fair value are carried at amounts that approximate fair value. See Note 4 for further information about fair value measurements.

The table below presents the amount of financial assets securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests in securitization entities in which the firm had continuing involvement as of the end of the period.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Residential mortgages$33,210$20,276$26,717
Commercial mortgages7,2384,44613,935
Other financial assets2,7825,9513,617
Total financial assets securitized$43,230$30,673$44,269
Retained interests cash flows$722$493$551

The firm securitized assets of $364 million during 2024, $369 million during 2023 and $792 million during 2022, in a non-cash exchange for loans and investments.

The table below presents information about nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets and had continuing involvement as of the end of the period.

$ in millionsOutstanding Principal AmountRetained InterestsPurchased Interests
U.S. government agency-issued CMOs$34,049$3,053$–
Other residential mortgage-backed33,0691,35714
Other commercial mortgage-backed59,56294557
Corporate debt and other asset-backed12,0594935
Total$138,739$5,848$76
U.S. government agency-issued CMOs$31,140$2,260$–
Other residential mortgage-backed28,7671,16278
Other commercial mortgage-backed61,6481,19261
Corporate debt and other asset-backed12,50168556
Total$134,056$5,299$195

CMOs represents collateralized mortgage obligations.

The outstanding principal amount is presented for the purpose of providing information about the size of the securitization entities and is not representative of the firm’s risk of loss.

The firm’s risk of loss from retained or purchased interests is limited to the carrying value of these interests.

Purchased interests represent senior and subordinated interests, purchased in connection with secondary market-making activities, in securitization entities in which the firm also holds retained interests.

Substantially all of the total outstanding principal amount and total retained interests relate to securitizations during 2019 and thereafter.

The fair value of retained interests was $5.78 billion as of December 2024 and $5.26 billion as of December 2023.

In addition to the interests in the table above, the firm had other continuing involvement in the form of derivative transactions and commitments with certain nonconsolidated VIEs. The carrying value of these derivatives and commitments was a net asset of $847 million as of December 2024 and $120 million as of December 2023, and the notional amount of these derivatives and commitments was $2.78 billion as of December 2024 and $1.95 billion as of December 2023. The notional amounts of these derivatives and commitments are included in maximum exposure to loss in the nonconsolidated VIE table in Note 17. Additionally, the firm provided seller financing of $2.12 billion in connection with the sale of $4.44 billion of loans (the vast majority of which were related to GreenSky) during 2024 and of approximately $2.7 billion in connection with the sale of $3.24 billion of Marcus loans during 2023. The principal and interest repayments received from these financings were $2.85 billion for 2024 and were $1.0 billion for 2023. Seller financing related to the GreenSky loans sale was fully repaid as of December 2024. The total outstanding principal amount of these seller financings were $1.32 billion as of December 2024 and $1.81 billion as of December 2023.

The table below presents information about the weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of mortgage-backed retained interests.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Fair value of retained interests$5,292$4,590
Weighted average life (years)6.15.7
Constant prepayment rate10.0%12.2%
Impact of 10% adverse change$(57)$(50)
Impact of 20% adverse change$(110)$(94)
Discount rate7.8%7.6%
Impact of 10% adverse change$(136)$(117)
Impact of 20% adverse change$(281)$(226)

Amounts do not reflect the benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks inherent in these retained interests.

Changes in fair value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value is not usually linear.

The impact of a change in a particular assumption is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.

The constant prepayment rate is included only for positions for which it is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.

The discount rate for retained interests that relate to U.S. government agency-issued CMOs does not include any credit loss. Expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in the discount rate for the remainder of retained interests.

The firm has other retained interests not reflected in the table above with a fair value of $491 million and a weighted average life of 5.0 years as of December 2024, and a fair value of $674 million and a weighted average life of 5.0 years as of December 2023. Due to the nature and fair value of certain of these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for constant prepayment and discount rates and the related sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of both December 2024 and December 2023. The firm’s maximum exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is the carrying value of $493 million as of December 2024 and $685 million as of December 2023.

Note 17.

Variable Interest Entities

A variable interest in a VIE is an investment (e.g., debt or equity) or other interest (e.g., derivatives or loans and lending commitments) that will absorb portions of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receive portions of the VIE’s expected residual returns.

The firm’s variable interests in VIEs include senior and subordinated debt; loans and lending commitments; limited and general partnership interests; preferred and common equity; derivatives that may include foreign currency, equity and/or credit risk; guarantees; and certain of the fees the firm receives from investment funds. Certain interest rate, foreign currency and credit derivatives the firm enters into with VIEs are not variable interests because they create, rather than absorb, risk.

VIEs generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities that are either collateralized by or indexed to the assets held by the VIE. The debt and equity securities issued by a VIE may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. The firm’s involvement with VIEs includes securitization of financial assets, as described in Note 16, and investments in and loans to other types of VIEs, as described below. See Note 3 for the firm’s consolidation policies, including the definition of a VIE.

VIE Consolidation Analysis

The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:

Which variable interest holder has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance;

Which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE;

The VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders;

The VIE’s capital structure;

The terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders and other parties involved with the VIE; and

Related-party relationships.

The firm reassesses its evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.

VIE Activities

The firm is principally involved with VIEs through the following business activities:

Mortgage-Backed VIEs. The firm sells residential and commercial mortgage loans and securities to mortgage-backed VIEs and may retain beneficial interests in the assets sold to these VIEs. The firm purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by mortgage-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain of these VIEs, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk.

Tax Credit and Other Investing VIEs. The firm makes equity investments in VIEs that invest in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects designed to generate a return through the realization of tax credits and related tax benefits. The firm also purchases equity and debt securities issued by and makes loans to VIEs that hold real estate, performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans and equity securities. In addition, the firm makes equity investments in certain investment fund VIEs it manages and is entitled to receive fees from these VIEs. The firm generally does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Corporate Debt and Other Asset-Backed VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue notes to clients, purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities, and makes loans to VIEs that warehouse corporate debt. Certain of these VIEs synthetically create the exposure for the beneficial interests they issue by entering into credit derivatives with the firm, rather than purchasing the underlying assets. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives, such as total return swaps, with certain corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs, under which the firm pays the VIE a return due to the beneficial interest holders and receives the return on the collateral owned by the VIE. The collateral owned by these VIEs is primarily other asset-backed loans and securities. The firm may be removed as the total return swap counterparty and may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk related to these swaps. The firm may sell assets to the corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs it structures.

Principal-Protected Note VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue principal-protected notes to clients. These VIEs own portfolios of assets, principally with exposure to hedge funds. Substantially all of the principal protection on the notes issued by these VIEs is provided by the asset portfolio rebalancing that is required under the terms of the notes. The firm enters into total return swaps with these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the principal-protected note holders and receives the return on the assets owned by the VIE. The firm may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk. The firm also obtains funding through these VIEs.

Nonconsolidated VIEs

The table below presents a summary of the nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Total nonconsolidated VIEs
Assets in VIEs$206,500$193,934
Carrying value of variable interests — assets$16,710$15,478
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities$2,754$2,750
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests$5,848$5,299
Purchased interests767902
Commitments and guarantees5,0344,159
Derivatives8,9748,636
Debt and equity6,8786,927
Total$27,501$25,923

The nature of the firm’s variable interests is described in the rows under maximum exposure to loss.

The firm’s exposure to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests in these entities. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees, including derivative guarantees, to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs.

The maximum exposure to loss excludes the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with these variable interests.

The maximum exposure to loss from retained interests, purchased interests, and debt and equity is the carrying value of these interests.

The maximum exposure to loss from commitments and guarantees, and derivatives is the notional amount, which does not represent anticipated losses and has not been reduced by unrealized losses. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss exceeds liabilities recorded for commitments and guarantees, and derivatives.

The table below presents information, by principal business activity, for nonconsolidated VIEs included in the summary table above.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Mortgage-backed
Assets in VIEs$128,378$123,108
Carrying value of variable interests — assets$5,618$4,867
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests$5,355$4,614
Purchased interests263253
Commitments and guarantees–35
Derivatives12
Total$5,619$4,904
Tax credit and other investing
Assets in VIEs$55,311$47,638
Carrying value of variable interests — assets$6,978$6,716
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities$2,315$2,220
Maximum exposure to loss:
Commitments and guarantees$4,138$3,893
Debt and equity4,8314,824
Total$8,969$8,717
Corporate debt and other asset-backed
Assets in VIEs$22,811$23,188
Carrying value of variable interests — assets$4,114$3,895
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities$439$530
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests$493$685
Purchased interests504649
Commitments and guarantees896231
Derivatives8,9738,634
Debt and equity2,0472,103
Total$12,913$12,302

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2024, investment fund VIEs are included in tax credit and other investing in the table above. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2024, such VIEs were disclosed separately in investments in funds. The carrying value of the firm’s variable interests in such VIEs was $9 million as of December 2024 and $91 million as of December 2023. Prior period amounts have been conformed to the current presentation.

As of both December 2024 and December 2023, the carrying values of the firm’s variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

Mortgage-backed: Assets primarily included in trading assets and loans.

Tax credit and other investing: Assets primarily included in investments and other assets, and liabilities included in trading liabilities and other liabilities.

Corporate debt and other asset-backed: Assets included in loans and trading assets, and liabilities included in trading liabilities.

Tax Credit VIEs

The firm makes equity investments in nonconsolidated tax credit VIEs that invest in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects. These VIEs are generally organized as limited partnerships or similar entities and a third-party is typically the general partner or the managing member. The firm invests in the entity as a limited partner and receives income tax credits and other income tax benefits for such investments. In connection with the adoption of ASU No. 2023-02, as of January 1, 2024, the firm elected the proportional amortization method for qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects that receive production tax credits. The investments that meet the criteria for the proportional amortization method of accounting are amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received on such investments. The amortization of investments and the related income tax credits and other income tax benefits are recorded as a component of theprovision for taxes, and are included inother operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

The table below presents information about investments (included in miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets) in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects that met the criteria of the proportional amortization method of accounting.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Carrying value of investments$3,456$3,394

In the table above, investments included $2.15 billion as of December 2024 and $2.26 billion as of December 2023 of accrued unfunded commitments. As of December 2024, a majority of such accrued unfunded commitments were expected to be funded by year-end 2026.

The table below presents information about the amortization and income tax credits and other income tax benefits related to investments in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects that met the criteria of the proportional amortization method of accounting.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Amortization$381$301$127
Tax credits and other benefits$452$370$151

Investments in qualified affordable housing projects that did not meet the criteria for the proportional amortization method of accounting were not material as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

The firm’s existing investments in renewable energy projects that receive production tax credits were not eligible for transition to the proportional amortization method of accounting upon adoption of ASU No. 2023-02. Such investments were $1.39 billion as of December 2024 and $1.40 billion as of December 2023, were included in investments in the consolidated balance sheets and were accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Consolidated VIEs

The table below presents a summary of the carrying value and balance sheet classification of assets and liabilities in consolidated VIEs.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Total consolidated VIEs
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$172$439
Customer and other receivables325347
Trading assets9595
Investments17080
Loans9267
Other assets69248
Total$840$1,476
Liabilities
Other secured financings$661$850
Customer and other payables72
Unsecured short-term borrowings514
Unsecured long-term borrowings1517
Other liabilities16591
Total$853$974

Assets and liabilities are presented net of intercompany eliminations and exclude the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with the firm’s variable interests.

VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest are excluded if (i) the VIE meets the definition of a business and (ii) the VIE’s assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of its obligations.

Substantially all assets can only be used to settle obligations of the VIE.

The table below presents information, by principal business activity, for consolidated VIEs included in the summary table above.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Real estate, credit-related and other investing
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$17$417
Trading assets1828
Investments17080
Loans9267
Other assets69248
Total$283$1,040
Liabilities
Other secured financings$4$143
Customer and other payables72
Other liabilities16591
Total$176$236
Corporate debt and other asset-backed
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$155$22
Total$155$22
Liabilities
Other secured financings$334$374
Total$334$374
Principal-protected notes
Assets
Customer and other receivables$325$347
Trading assets7767
Total$402$414
Liabilities
Other secured financings$323$333
Unsecured short-term borrowings514
Unsecured long-term borrowings1517
Total$343$364

In the table above, creditors and beneficial interest holders of real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the firm.

Note 18.

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Commitments

The table below presents commitments by type.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Commitment Type
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade$124,001$111,202
Non-investment-grade67,75554,298
Warehouse financing13,5879,184
Consumer78,09973,074
Total lending283,442247,758
Risk participations5,0148,167
Collateralized agreement95,282100,503
Collateralized financing49,33384,276
Investment5,8324,592
Other8,2238,258
Total commitments$447,126$453,554

The table below presents commitments by expiration.

As of December 2024
2026 -2028 -2030 -
$ in millions202520272029Thereafter
Commitment Type
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade$19,773$41,607$59,574$3,047
Non-investment-grade5,75224,24728,3269,430
Warehouse financing1,2967,9723,774545
Consumer78,099–––
Total lending104,92073,82691,67413,022
Risk participations5832,2022,20326
Collateralized agreement94,438844––
Collateralized financing49,333–––
Investment1,8687543662,844
Other7,79624440143
Total commitments$258,938$77,870$94,283$16,035

Lending Commitments

The firm’s commercial and warehouse financing lending commitments are agreements to lend with fixed termination dates and depend on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to borrowing. These commitments are presented net of amounts syndicated to third parties. The total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future cash flows because the firm may syndicate portions of these commitments. In addition, commitments can expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request. The firm also provides credit to consumers by issuing credit card lines. The firm also provided credit to consumers through commitments to extend unsecured installment loans and beginning in the third quarter of 2024, ceased providing such commitments.

The table below presents information about lending commitments.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Held for investment$262,604$227,865
Held for sale20,25819,129
At fair value580764
Total$283,442$247,758

Held for investment lending commitments are accounted for at amortized cost. The carrying value of lending commitments was a liability of $929 million (including allowance for credit losses of $674 million) as of December 2024 and $845 million (including allowance for credit losses of $620 million) as of December 2023. The estimated fair value of such lending commitments was a liability of $4.84 billion as of December 2024 and $5.29 billion as of December 2023. Had these lending commitments been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $2.44 billion as of December 2024 and $3.10 billion as of December 2023 would have been classified in level 2, and $2.40 billion as of December 2024 and $2.19 billion as of December 2023 would have been classified in level 3.

Held for sale lending commitments are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. The carrying value of lending commitments held for sale was a liability of $43 million as of December 2024 and $70 million as of December 2023. The estimated fair value of such lending commitments approximates the carrying value. Had these lending commitments been included in the fair value hierarchy, they would have been primarily classified in level 3 as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Gains or losses related to lending commitments at fair value, if any, are generally recorded net of any fees in other principal transactions.

Commercial Lending. The firm’s commercial lending commitments were primarily extended to investment-grade corporate borrowers. Such commitments primarily included $148.78 billion as of December 2024 and $137.11 billion as of December 2023, related to relationship lending activities (principally used for operating and general corporate purposes), and $11.26 billion as of December 2024 and $4.21 billion as of December 2023, related to other investment banking activities (generally extended for contingent acquisition financing and are often intended to be short-term in nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other funding sources). The firm also extends lending commitments in connection with other types of corporate lending, commercial real estate financing and other collateralized lending. See Note 9 for further information about funded loans.

To mitigate the credit risk associated with the firm’s commercial lending activities, the firm obtains credit protection on certain loans and lending commitments through credit default swaps, both single-name and index-based contracts.

Warehouse Financing. The firm provides financing to clients who warehouse financial assets. These arrangements are collateralized by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of residential real estate, consumer and corporate loans.

Consumer. The firm’s consumer lending commitments includes:

Credit card lines issued by the firm to consumers were $78.10 billion as of December 2024 and $70.82 billion as of December 2023. Such credit card lines included $14.32 billion as of December 2024 and $14.35 billion as of December 2023 of commitments classified as held for sale in connection with the planned sale of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio. These credit card lines are cancellable by the firm.

Commitments to provide unsecured installment loans to consumers were $2.25 billion as of December 2023 and such commitments were classified as held for sale in connection with the sale of GreenSky. During 2024, the firm completed the sale of GreenSky.

Risk Participations

The firm also risk participates certain of its commercial lending commitments to other financial institutions. In the event of a risk participant’s default, the firm will be responsible to fund the borrower.

Collateralized Agreement Commitments/ Collateralized Financing Commitments

Collateralized agreement commitments includes forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements, and collateralized financing commitments includes forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements that settle at a future date. Collateralized agreement commitments also includes transactions where the firm has entered into commitments to provide contingent financing to its clients and counterparties through resale agreements. The firm’s funding of these commitments depends on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to the resale agreement and these commitments can expire unused.

Investment Commitments

Investment commitments includes commitments to invest in private equity, real estate and other assets directly and through funds that the firm raises and manages. Investment commitments included $1.10 billion as of December 2024 and $963 million as of December 2023, related to commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm. If these commitments are called, they would be funded at market value on the date of investment.

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings. See Note 27 for information about legal proceedings.

Guarantees

The table below presents derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee, securities lending and clearing guarantees and certain other financial guarantees.

$ in millionsDerivativesSecurities lending and clearingOther financial guarantees
Carrying Value of Net Liability$3,535$–$425
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
2025$181,940$58,056$2,523
2026 - 202778,419–3,086
2028 - 202917,074–1,843
2030 - thereafter31,819–505
Total$309,252$58,056$7,957
Carrying Value of Net Liability$5,240$–$430
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
2024$177,895$28,787$2,325
2025 - 202698,843–3,108
2027 - 202819,282–2,109
2029 - thereafter29,030–231
Total$325,050$28,787$7,773

The maximum payout is based on the notional amount of the contract and does not represent anticipated losses.

Amounts exclude certain commitments to issue standby letters of credit that are included in lending commitments. See the tables in “Commitments” above for a summary of the firm’s commitments.

The carrying value for derivatives included derivative assets of $464 million as of December 2024 and $359 million as of December 2023, and derivative liabilities of $4.00 billion as of December 2024 and $5.60 billion as of December 2023.

Derivative Guarantees. The firm enters into various derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP, including written equity and commodity put options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and swaptions. These derivatives are risk managed together with derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee, and therefore the amounts in the table above do not reflect the firm’s overall risk related to derivative activities. Disclosures about derivatives are not required if they may be cash settled and the firm has no basis to conclude it is probable that the counterparties held the underlying instruments at the inception of the contract. The firm has concluded that these conditions have been met for certain large, internationally active commercial and investment bank counterparties, central clearing counterparties, hedge funds and certain other counterparties. Accordingly, the firm has not included such contracts in the table above. See Note 7 for information about credit derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee, which are not included in the table above.

Derivatives are accounted for at fair value and therefore the carrying value is considered the best indication of payment/performance risk for individual contracts. However, the carrying values in the table above exclude the effect of counterparty and cash collateral netting.

Securities Lending and Clearing Guarantees. Securities lending and clearing guarantees include the indemnifications and guarantees that the firm provides in its capacity as an agency lender and in its capacity as a sponsoring member of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation.

As an agency lender, the firm indemnifies most of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in the event that borrowers do not return securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the securities borrowed. The maximum payout of such indemnifications was $10.62 billion as of December 2024 and $14.19 billion as of December 2023. Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $11.02 billion as of December 2024 and $14.63 billion as of December 2023. Because the contractual nature of these arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated with these indemnifications.

As a sponsoring member of the Government Securities Division of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, the firm guarantees the performance of its sponsored member clients to the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation in connection with certain resale and repurchase agreements. To minimize potential losses on such guarantees, the firm obtains a security interest in the collateral that the sponsored client placed with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. Therefore, the risk of loss on such guarantees is minimal. The maximum payout on this guarantee was $47.44 billion as of December 2024 and $14.60 billion as of December 2023. The related collateral held was $46.96 billion as of December 2024 and $14.69 billion as of December 2023.

Other Financial Guarantees. In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties (e.g., standby letters of credit and other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and fund-related guarantees). These guarantees represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a contractual arrangement with that beneficiary. Other financial guarantees also include a guarantee that the firm has provided to the Government of Malaysia that it will receive, by August 2025, at least $1.4 billion in assets and proceeds from assets seized by governmental authorities around the world related to 1Malaysia Development Berhad, a sovereign wealth fund in Malaysia (1MDB). In connection with this guarantee, the firm agreed to make a one-time interim payment of $250 million towards the $1.4 billion if the Government of Malaysia did not receive at least $500 million in assets and proceeds by August 2022. The firm does not believe that any interim payment is required. Any amounts paid by the firm would, in any event, be subject to reimbursement in the event the assets and proceeds received by the Government of Malaysia through August 18, 2028 exceed $1.4 billion.

On October 11, 2023, the firm filed a demand for arbitration alleging that the Government of Malaysia had, as of August 2022, recovered assets and proceeds well in excess of $500 million; it had recovered substantial additional assets and proceeds that should be credited against the guarantee; and it had not used all reasonable efforts to recover other assets and proceeds that could be credited against the guarantee. On November 8, 2023, the Government of Malaysia filed a response to the firm’s demand for arbitration and on June 10, 2024, filed an application for a partial award to immediately enforce the interim payment (plus interest). On July 24, 2024, the arbitral tribunal rejected that application. Final determinations on all remaining issues, including any subsequent enforcement of the interim payment, are to be made at a final hearing. The arbitral process is ongoing. See Note 27 for further information about matters related to 1MDB.

Guarantees of Securities Issued by Trusts. The firm has established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital I, Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (the Trusts), and other entities, for the limited purpose of issuing securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the firm and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm and third parties related to this purpose. The firm does not consolidate these entities. See Notes 14 and 19 for further information about the transactions involving the Trusts.

The firm effectively provides for the full and unconditional guarantee of the securities issued by these entities. Timely payment by the firm of amounts due to these entities under the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments due on the securities issued by these entities. No subsidiary of Group Inc. guarantees the securities of the Trusts.

Management believes that it is unlikely that any circumstances will occur, such as nonperformance on the part of paying agents or other service providers, that would make it necessary for the firm to make payments related to these entities other than those required under the terms of the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements and in connection with certain expenses incurred by these entities.

Indemnities and Guarantees of Service Providers. In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of, or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates.

The firm may also be liable to some clients or other parties for losses arising from its custodial role or caused by acts or omissions of third-party service providers, including sub-custodians and third-party brokers. In certain cases, the firm has the right to seek indemnification from these third-party service providers for certain relevant losses incurred by the firm. In addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks, as well as securities exchanges around the world that may require the firm to meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of member defaults and other loss scenarios.

In connection with the firm’s prime brokerage and clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle transactions entered into by clients with other brokerage firms. The firm’s obligations in respect of such transactions are secured by the assets in the client’s account and proceeds received from the transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and other matters involving the borrower.

The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications as this depends upon the occurrence of future events, including an assessment of claims that have not yet occurred. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Other Representations, Warranties and Indemnifications. The firm provides representations and warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential losses caused by the breach of those representations and warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course transactions, such as securities issuances, borrowings or derivatives.

In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change in or an adverse application of certain non-U.S. tax laws. These indemnifications, as well as indemnifications provided by the firm on other contractual or other obligations, generally are standard contractual terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business. Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. Future changes in tax laws and how such laws would apply to these indemnifications cannot be determined. Therefore, the firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Guarantees of Subsidiaries. Group Inc. is the entity that fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by GS Finance Corp., a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm. Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (GS&Co.), GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs Paris Inc. et Cie, subject to certain exceptions. Group Inc. also guarantees many of the obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on a transaction-by-transaction basis, as negotiated with counterparties. In addition, Group Inc. has provided guarantees to Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and GSBE related to agreements that each entity has entered into with certain of its counterparties. Given the obligations of the consolidated subsidiaries are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets or reflected as commitments, Group Inc.’s liabilities as guarantor are not separately disclosed.

Note 19.

Shareholders’ Equity

Common Equity

As of both December 2024 and December 2023, the firm had 4.00 billion authorized shares of common stock and 200 million authorized shares of nonvoting common stock, each with a par value of $0.01 per share.

The firm’s share repurchase program is intended to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The share repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and accelerated share repurchases), the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s current and projected capital position, and capital deployment opportunities, but which may also be influenced by the evolution of current and future regulatory capital requirements, general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the firm’s common stock.

The table below presents information about common stock repurchases.

Year Ended December
in millions, except per share amounts202420232022
Common share repurchases17.516.810.1
Average cost per share$457.82$345.87$346.07
Total cost of common share repurchases$8,000$5,796$3,500

Pursuant to the terms of certain share-based awards, employees may remit shares to the firm or the firm may cancel share-based awards to satisfy statutory employee tax withholding requirements. Under these plans,1,197 shares in 2024,868 shares in 2023 and 11,644 shares in 2022 were remitted with a total value of $0.5 million in 2024, $0.3 million in 2023 and $4 million in 2022, and the firm cancelled 3.4 million share-based awards in 2024,3.9 million in 2023 and 4.6 million in 2022, with a total value of $1.33 billion in 2024, $1.35 billion in 2023 and $1.59 billion in 2022. The cash settlement of share-based awards is included in other in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and in other financing, net in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The amount of cash used to settle share-based awards was not material for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.

The table below presents common stock dividends declared.

Year Ended December
202420232022
Dividends declared per common share$11.50$10.50$9.00

On January 14, 2025, the Board of Directors of Group Inc. declared a dividend of $3.00 per common share to be paid on March 28, 2025 to common shareholders of record on February 28, 2025.

Preferred Equity

The tables below present information about the perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding as of December 2024.

SeriesShares AuthorizedShares IssuedShares OutstandingDepositary Shares Per Share
A50,00030,00029,9991,000
C25,0008,0008,0001,000
D60,00054,00053,9991,000
E17,5007,6677,667N.A.
F5,0001,6151,615N.A.
O26,00026,00026,00025
Q20,00020,00020,00025
R24,00024,00024,00025
S14,00014,00014,00025
T27,00027,00027,00025
U30,00030,00030,00025
V30,00030,00030,00025
W60,00060,00060,00025
X90,00090,00090,00025
Y80,00080,00080,00025
Total558,500502,282502,280
Series · Earliest Redemption Date · Liquidation Preference · Redemption Value($ in millions)
ACurrently redeemable$25,000$750
CCurrently redeemable$25,000200
DCurrently redeemable$25,0001,350
ECurrently redeemable$100,000767
FCurrently redeemable$100,000161
ONovember 10, 2026$25,000650
QCurrently redeemable$25,000500
RFebruary 10, 2025$25,000600
SFebruary 10, 2025$25,000350
TMay 10, 2026$25,000675
UAugust 10, 2026$25,000750
VNovember 10, 2026$25,000750
WFebruary 10, 2029$25,0001,500
XMay 10, 2029$25,0002,250
YNovember 10, 2034$25,0002,000
Total$13,253

All shares have a par value of $0.01 per share and, where applicable, each share is represented by the specified number of depositary shares.

The earliest redemption date represents the date on which each share of non-cumulative preferred stock is redeemable at the firm’s option.

Prior to redeeming preferred stock, the firm must receive approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB).

In April 2024, the firm issued 90,000 shares of Series X 7.50% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series X Preferred Stock).

In September 2024, the firm issued 80,000 shares of Series Y 6.125% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series Y Preferred Stock).

The redemption price per share for Series A through F and Series Q through Y Preferred Stock is the liquidation preference plus declared and unpaid dividends. The redemption price per share for Series O Preferred Stock is the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

All series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a preference over the firm’s common stock on liquidation.

The firm’s ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period.

Series E and Series F Preferred Stock are held by Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III, respectively. These trusts are Delaware statutory trusts sponsored by the firm and wholly-owned finance subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but are not consolidated for accounting purposes.

In 2024, the firm redeemed all outstanding shares of its (i) Series K 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series K Preferred Stock) with a redemption value of $700 million ($25,000 per share), plus accrued and unpaid dividends and (ii) Series P 5.00% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series P Preferred Stock) with a redemption value of $1.50 billion ($25,000 per share), plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The difference between the redemption value and net carrying value at the time of these redemptions was $34 million, which was recorded as an addition to preferred stock dividends in 2024.

In 2023, the firm redeemed all outstanding shares of its Series J 5.50% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series J Preferred Stock) with a redemption value of $1 billion ($25,000 per share), plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The difference between the redemption value and net carrying value was $10 million, which was recorded as an addition to preferred stock dividends in 2023.

In January 2025, the firm issued 76,000 shares of Series Z 6.85% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series Z Preferred Stock). Each share of Series Z Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, is represented by 25 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option beginning February 10, 2030 at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends. Dividends on Series Z Preferred Stock, if declared, are payable semi-annually at (i)6.85% per annum from the issuance date to, but excluding, February 10, 2030 and, thereafter, (ii)2.461% per annum plus the five-year treasury rate.

The preferred stock issuance costs in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity reflects reclassifications of issuance costs to retained earnings on redemptions, net of issuance costs relating to new issuances.

The table below presents the dividend rates of perpetual preferred stock as of December 2024.

SeriesPer Annum Dividend Rate
A3 month term SOFR + 1.01161%, with floor of 3.75%, payable quarterly
C3 month term SOFR + 1.01161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
D3 month term SOFR + 0.93161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
E3 month term SOFR + 1.02911%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
F3 month term SOFR + 1.03161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
O5.30%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,November 10, 2026; 3 month term SOFR + 4.09561%, payable quarterly, thereafter
Q5 year treasury rate + 3.623%, payable semi-annually
R4.95%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, February 10, 2025; 5 year treasury rate + 3.224%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
S4.40%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,February 10, 2025; 5 year treasury rate + 2.85%, payable semi-annually thereafter
T3.80%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, May 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.969%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
U3.65%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, August 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.915%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
V4.125%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, November 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.949%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
W7.50%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, February 10, 2029; 5 year treasury rate + 3.156%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
X7.50%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, May 10, 2029; 5 year treasury rate + 2.809%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
Y6.125%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,November 10, 2034; 10 year treasury rate +2.40%, payable semi-annually, thereafter

In the table above, dividends on each series of preferred stock are payable in arrears for the periods specified.

The table below presents preferred stock dividends declared.

2024 · 2023 · 2022
Series · per share · $ in millions · per share · $ in millions · per share · $ in millions
Year Ended December
A$1,606.63$48$1,484.27$44$950.51$28
C$1,606.6313$1,484.2712$1,013.908
D$1,586.1886$1,463.9979$1,013.9055
E$6,423.3750$6,074.5746$4,055.5531
F$6,425.9110$6,077.0910$4,055.556
J$––$1,261.0251$1,375.0055
K$796.8820$1,593.7644$1,593.7645
O$1,325.0034$1,325.0034$1,325.0034
P$1,623.0997$2,022.64121$1,250.0075
Q$1,375.0028$1,375.0028$1,375.0028
R$1,237.5030$1,237.5030$1,237.5030
S$1,100.0015$1,100.0016$1,100.0016
T$950.0026$950.0026$950.0026
U$912.5027$912.5027$942.9228
V$1,031.2531$1,031.2531$1,062.7632
W$1,833.33110$––$––
X$1,026.0492$––$––
Total$717$599$497

On January 7, 2025, Group Inc. declared dividends of $345.49 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $345.49 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, $340.49 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, $922.38 per share of Series Q Preferred Stock, $618.75 per share of Series R Preferred Stock, $550.00 per share of Series S Preferred Stock, $456.25 per share of Series U Preferred Stock and $937.50 per share of Series W Preferred Stock that were paid on February 10, 2025 to preferred shareholders of record on January 26, 2025. In addition, the firm declared dividends of $1,397.48 per share of Series E Preferred Stock and $1,398.11 per share of Series F Preferred Stock that will be paid on March 3, 2025 to preferred shareholders of record on February 16, 2025.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The table below presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, by type.

$ in millionsBeginning balanceOther comprehensiveincome/(loss)adjustments,net of taxEnding balance
Year Ended December 2024
Currency translation$(847)$32$(815)
Debt valuation adjustment(123)(263)(386)
Pension and postretirement liabilities(575)47(528)
Available-for-sale securities(1,373)401(972)
Cash flow hedges–(1)(1)
Total$(2,918)$216$(2,702)
Year Ended December 2023
Currency translation$(785)$(62)$(847)
Debt valuation adjustment892(1,015)(123)
Pension and postretirement liabilities(499)(76)(575)
Available-for-sale securities(2,618)1,245(1,373)
Cash flow hedges–––
Total$(3,010)$92$(2,918)
Year Ended December 2022
Currency translation$(738)$(47)$(785)
Debt valuation adjustment(511)1,403892
Pension and postretirement liabilities(327)(172)(499)
Available-for-sale securities(492)(2,126)(2,618)
Cash flow hedges–––
Total$(2,068)$(942)$(3,010)

Note 20.

Regulation and Capital Adequacy

The FRB is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and a financial holding company under amendments to this Act. The firm is subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements which are calculated in accordance with the regulations of the FRB (Capital Framework).

The capital requirements are expressed as risk-based capital and leverage ratios that compare measures of regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (RWAs), average assets and off-balance sheet exposures. Failure to comply with these capital requirements would result in restrictions being imposed by the firm’s regulators and could limit the firm’s ability to repurchase shares, pay dividends and make certain discretionary compensation payments. The firm’s capital levels are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, certain of the firm’s subsidiaries are subject to separate regulations and capital requirements.

Capital Framework

The regulations under the Capital Framework are largely based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (Basel Committee) capital framework for strengthening international capital standards (Basel III) and also implement certain provisions of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Under the Capital Framework, the firm is an “Advanced approaches” banking organization and has been designated as a global systemically important bank (G-SIB).

The Capital Framework includes the minimum risk-based capital and the capital conservation buffer requirements. The buffer must consist entirely of capital that qualifies as Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital.

The firm calculates its CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios in accordance with both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules. Each of the ratios calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules must meet its respective capital requirements.

Under the Capital Framework, the firm is also subject to leverage requirements which consist of a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio and a minimum supplementary leverage ratio (SLR), as well as the SLR buffer.

Consolidated Regulatory Capital Requirements

Risk-Based Capital Ratios. The table below presents the risk-based capital requirements.

StandardizedAdvanced
CET1 capital ratio13.7%10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio15.2%11.5%
Total capital ratio17.2%13.5%
CET1 capital ratio13.0%10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio14.5%11.5%
Total capital ratio16.5%13.5%

As of both December 2024 and December 2023, under both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules, the CET1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 6.0% and the Total capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 8.0%. These requirements also include the capital conservation buffer requirements, consisting of the G-SIB surcharge (Method 2) of 3.0% and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set tozero percent. In addition, the capital conservation buffer requirements include the stress capital buffer (SCB) of 6.2% as of December 2024 and 5.5% as of December 2023 under the Standardized Capital Rules and a buffer of 2.5% as of both December 2024 and December 2023 under the Advanced Capital Rules.

The G-SIB surcharge is updated annually based on financial data from the prior year and is generally applicable for the following year. The G-SIB surcharge is calculated using two methodologies, the higher of which is reflected in the firm’s risk-based capital requirements. The first calculation (Method 1) is based on the Basel Committee’s methodology which, among other factors, relies upon measures of the size, activity and complexity of each G-SIB. The second calculation (Method 2) uses similar inputs but includes a measure of reliance on short-term wholesale funding.

The table below presents information about risk-based capital ratios.

$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
CET1 capital$103,065$103,065
Tier 1 capital$115,647$115,647
Tier 2 capital$14,125$10,164
Total capital$129,772$125,811
RWAs$688,541$674,812
CET1 capital ratio15.0%15.3%
Tier 1 capital ratio16.8%17.1%
Total capital ratio18.8%18.6%
CET1 capital$99,442$99,442
Tier 1 capital$110,288$110,288
Tier 2 capital$14,874$10,684
Total capital$125,162$120,972
RWAs$692,737$665,348
CET1 capital ratio14.4%14.9%
Tier 1 capital ratio15.9%16.6%
Total capital ratio18.1%18.2%

Leverage Ratios. The table below presents the leverage requirements.

As of December
20242023
Tier 1 leverage ratio4.0%4.0%
SLR5.0%5.0%

In the table above, the SLR requirement of 5% includes a minimum of 3% and a 2% buffer applicable to G-SIBs.

The table below presents information about leverage ratios.

For the Three Months
Ended or as of December
$ in millions20242023
Tier 1 capital$115,647$110,288
Average total assets$1,699,419$1,579,237
Deductions from Tier 1 capital(6,919)(7,167)
Average adjusted total assets1,692,5001,572,070
Off-balance sheet and other exposures428,256423,686
Total leverage exposure$2,120,756$1,995,756
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.8%7.0%
SLR5.5%5.5%

Average total assets represents the average daily assets for the quarter adjusted for the impact of Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) transition.

Off-balance sheet and other exposures primarily includes the monthly average of off-balance sheet exposures, consisting of derivatives, securities financing transactions, commitments and guarantees.

Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets.

SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure.

Risk-Based Capital. The table below presents information about risk-based capital.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Common shareholders’ equity$108,743$105,702
Impact of CECL transition276553
Deduction for goodwill(5,159)(5,224)
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets(638)(950)
Other adjustments(157)(639)
CET1 capital103,06599,442
Preferred stock13,25311,203
Deduction for investments in covered funds(669)(354)
Other adjustments(2)(3)
Tier 1 capital$115,647$110,288
Standardized Tier 2 and Total capital
Tier 1 capital$115,647$110,288
Qualifying subordinated debt9,1249,886
Allowance for credit losses5,0115,012
Other adjustments(10)(24)
Standardized Tier 2 capital14,12514,874
Standardized Total capital$129,772$125,162
Advanced Tier 2 and Total capital
Tier 1 capital$115,647$110,288
Standardized Tier 2 capital14,12514,874
Allowance for credit losses(5,011)(5,012)
Other adjustments1,050822
Advanced Tier 2 capital10,16410,684
Advanced Total capital$125,811$120,972

Beginning in January 2022, the firm started to phase in the estimated reduction to regulatory capital as a result of adopting the CECL model. The total amount of reduction to be phased in from January 1, 2022 through January 1, 2025 (at 25% per year) was $1.11 billion, of which $829 million had been phased in as of December 2024. The total amount to be phased in includes the impact of adopting CECL as of January 1, 2020, as well as 25% of the increase in the allowance for credit losses from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021. The impact of CECL transition reflects the remaining amount of reduction to be phased in as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Deduction for goodwill was net of deferred tax liabilities of $694 million as of December 2024 and $692 million as of December 2023.

Deduction for identifiable intangible assets was net of deferred tax liabilities of $209 million as of December 2024 and $227 million as of December 2023.

Deduction for investments in covered funds represents the firm’s aggregate investments in applicable covered funds as defined in the Volcker Rule.

Other adjustments within CET1 capital and Tier 1 capital primarily include CVAs on derivative liabilities, the overfunded portion of the firm’s defined benefit pension plan obligation net of associated deferred tax liabilities, disallowed deferred tax assets, debt valuation adjustments and other required credit risk-based deductions. Other adjustments within Advanced Tier 2 capital include eligible credit reserves.

Qualifying subordinated debt is subordinated debt issued by Group Inc. with an original maturity offive years or greater. The outstanding amount of subordinated debt qualifying for Tier 2 capital is reduced upon reaching a remaining maturity offive years. See Note 14 for further information about the firm’s subordinated debt.

The table below presents changes in CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
CET1 capital
Beginning balance$99,442$99,442
Change in:
Common shareholders’ equity3,0413,041
Impact of CECL transition(277)(277)
Deduction for goodwill6565
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets312312
Other adjustments482482
Ending balance$103,065$103,065
Tier 1 capital
Beginning balance$110,288$110,288
Change in:
CET1 capital3,6233,623
Preferred stock2,0502,050
Deduction for investments in covered funds(315)(315)
Other adjustments11
Ending balance115,647115,647
Tier 2 capital
Beginning balance14,87410,684
Change in:
Qualifying subordinated debt(762)(762)
Allowance for credit losses(1)–
Other adjustments14242
Ending balance14,12510,164
Total capital$129,772$125,811

RWAs. RWAs are calculated in accordance with both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules.

Credit Risk

Credit RWAs are calculated based on measures of exposure, which are then risk weighted under the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules:

The Standardized Capital Rules apply prescribed risk-weights, which depend largely on the type of counterparty. The exposure measures for derivatives and securities financing transactions are based on specific formulas which take certain factors into consideration.

Under the Advanced Capital Rules, the firm computes risk-weights for wholesale and retail credit exposures in accordance with the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based approach. The exposure measures for derivatives and securities financing transactions are computed utilizing internal models.

For both Standardized and Advanced credit RWAs, the risk-weights for securitizations and equities are based on specific required formulaic approaches.

Market Risk

RWAs for market risk in accordance with the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules are generally consistent. Market RWAs are calculated based on measures of exposure which include the following:

Value-at-Risk (VaR) is the potential loss in value of trading assets and liabilities, as well as certain investments, loans, and other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value, due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level.

For both risk management purposes and regulatory capital calculations, the firm uses a single VaR model which captures risks, including those related to interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. However, VaR used for risk management purposes differs from VaR used for regulatory capital requirements (regulatory VaR) due to differences in time horizons, confidence levels and the scope of positions on which VaR is calculated. For risk management purposes, a 95%one-day VaR is used, whereas for regulatory capital requirements, a 99%10-day VaR is used to determine Market RWAs and a 99%one-day VaR is used to determine regulatory VaR exceptions. In addition, the daily net revenues used to determine risk management VaR exceptions (i.e., comparing the daily net revenues to the VaR measure calculated as of the end of the prior business day) include intraday activity, whereas the Capital Framework requires that intraday activity be excluded from daily net revenues when calculating regulatory VaR exceptions. Intraday activity includes bid/offer net revenues, which are more likely than not to be positive by their nature. As a result, there may be differences in the number of VaR exceptions and the amount of daily net revenues calculated for regulatory VaR compared to the amounts calculated for risk management VaR.

The firm’s positional losses observed on a single day exceeded its 99%one-day regulatory VaR on two occasions during 2024 and on one occasion during 2023. There was no change in the firm’s VaR multiplier used to calculate Market RWAs;

Stressed VaR is the potential loss in value of trading assets and liabilities, as well as certain investments, loans, and other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value, during a period of significant market stress;

Incremental risk is the potential loss in value of non-securitized positions due to the default or credit migration of issuers of financial instruments over a one-year time horizon;

Comprehensive risk is the potential loss in value, due to price risk and defaults, within the firm’s credit correlation positions; and

Specific risk is the risk of loss on a position that could result from factors other than broad market movements, including event risk, default risk and idiosyncratic risk. The standardized measurement method is used to determine specific risk RWAs, by applying supervisory defined risk-weighting factors after applicable netting is performed.

Operational Risk

Operational RWAs are only required to be included under the Advanced Capital Rules. The firm utilizes an internal risk-based model to quantify Operational RWAs.

The table below presents information about RWAs.

$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
Credit RWAs
Derivatives$146,368$99,766
Commitments, guarantees and loans247,140199,816
Securities financing transactions97,17422,846
Equity investments30,01831,457
Other71,01397,129
Total Credit RWAs591,713451,014
Market RWAs
Regulatory VaR19,99519,995
Stressed VaR48,24948,249
Incremental risk7,0547,054
Comprehensive risk2,0572,057
Specific risk19,47319,473
Total Market RWAs96,82896,828
Total Operational RWAs–126,970
Total RWAs$688,541$674,812
Credit RWAs
Derivatives$146,357$96,322
Commitments, guarantees and loans243,094194,236
Securities financing transactions103,70423,637
Equity investments34,22336,920
Other76,48196,755
Total Credit RWAs603,859447,870
Market RWAs
Regulatory VaR16,45716,457
Stressed VaR48,49648,496
Incremental risk5,0325,032
Comprehensive risk2,7182,718
Specific risk16,17516,175
Total Market RWAs88,87888,878
Total Operational RWAs–128,600
Total RWAs$692,737$665,348

Securities financing transactions represents resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.

Other includes receivables, certain debt securities, cash and cash equivalents, and other assets.

The table below presents changes in RWAs.

$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
RWAs
Beginning balance$692,737$665,348
Credit RWAs
Change in:
Derivatives113,444
Commitments, guarantees and loans4,0465,580
Securities financing transactions(6,530)(791)
Equity investments(4,205)(5,463)
Other(5,468)374
Change in Credit RWAs(12,146)3,144
Market RWAs
Change in:
Regulatory VaR3,5383,538
Stressed VaR(247)(247)
Incremental risk2,0222,022
Comprehensive risk(661)(661)
Specific risk3,2983,298
Change in Market RWAs7,9507,950
Change in Operational RWAs–(1,630)
Ending balance$688,541$674,812

RWAs Rollforward Commentary

Year Ended December 2024. Standardized Credit RWAs as of December 2024 decreased by $12.15 billion compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in securities financing transactions (principally due to reduced funding exposures), a decrease in other credit RWAs (principally due to decreases in other assets), and a decrease in equity investments (principally due to reduced exposures). These decreases were partially offset by an increase in commitments, guarantees and loans (principally due to increased lending exposures). Standardized Market RWAs as of December 2024 increased by $7.95 billion compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting an increase in regulatory VaR (principally due to increased exposures) and an increase in specific risk (principally due to increased exposures to debt and equity instruments held for market-making purposes).

Advanced Credit RWAs as of December 2024 increased by $3.14 billion compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting an increase in commitments, guarantees and loans (principally due to increased lending exposures) and an increase in derivatives (principally due to increased counterparty credit risk). These increases were partially offset by a decrease in equity investments (principally due to reduced exposures). Advanced Market RWAs as of December 2024 increased by $7.95 billion compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting an increase in regulatory VaR (principally due to increased exposures) and an increase in specific risk (principally due to increased exposures to debt and equity instruments held for market-making purposes).

GS Bank USA

GS Bank USA is the firm’s primary U.S. bank subsidiary. GS Bank USA is a New York State-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System, is supervised and regulated by the FRB, the FDIC, the New York State Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), and is subject to regulatory capital requirements that are calculated under the Capital Framework. GS Bank USA is an “Advanced approaches” banking organization under the Capital Framework. The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law.

The Capital Framework includes the minimum risk-based capital and the capital conservation buffer requirements (consisting of a 2.5% buffer and the countercyclical capital buffer). The buffer must consist entirely of capital that qualifies as CET1 capital. In addition, the Capital Framework includes the leverage ratio requirement. GS Bank USA is required to calculate the CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios in accordance with both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules. The lower of each risk-based capital ratio under the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules is the ratio against which GS Bank USA’s compliance with its risk-based capital requirements is assessed. In addition, under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action applicable to GS Bank USA, in order to meet the quantitative requirements for a “well-capitalized” depository institution, GS Bank USA must also meet the “well-capitalized” requirements in the table below. GS Bank USA’s capital levels and prompt corrective action classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and other factors. Failure to comply with the capital requirements, including a breach of the buffers described below, would result in restrictions being imposed by the regulators.

The table below presents GS Bank USA’s risk-based capital, leverage and “well-capitalized” requirements.

As of December
2024202320242023
"Well-capitalized"
Requirements · Requirements
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio7.0%7.0%6.5%6.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio8.5%8.5%8.0%8.0%
Total capital ratio10.5%10.5%10.0%10.0%
Leverage requirements
Tier 1 leverage ratio4.0%4.0%5.0%5.0%
SLR3.0%3.0%6.0%6.0%

The CET1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 6.0% and the Total capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 8.0%. These requirements also include the capital conservation buffer requirements consisting of a 2.5% buffer and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set tozero percent.

The “well-capitalized” requirements are the binding requirements for leverage ratios.

The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s risk-based capital ratios.

$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
CET1 capital$62,022$62,022
Tier 1 capital$62,022$62,022
Tier 2 capital$4,209$955
Total capital$66,231$62,977
RWAs$386,922$284,624
CET1 capital ratio16.0%21.8%
Tier 1 capital ratio16.0%21.8%
Total capital ratio17.1%22.1%
CET1 capital$53,781$53,781
Tier 1 capital$53,781$53,781
Tier 2 capital$6,314$2,951
Total capital$60,095$56,732
RWAs$380,774$288,938
CET1 capital ratio14.1%18.6%
Tier 1 capital ratio14.1%18.6%
Total capital ratio15.8%19.6%

The lower of the Standardized or Advanced ratio is the ratio against which GS Bank USA’s compliance with the capital requirements is assessed under the risk-based Capital Rules, and therefore, the Standardized ratios applied to GS Bank USA as of both December 2024 and December 2023.

Beginning in January 2022, GS Bank USA started to phase in the estimated reduction to regulatory capital as a result of adopting the CECL model at 25% per year through January 2025. The total amount to be phased in includes the impact of adopting CECL as of January 1, 2020, as well as 25% of the increase in the allowance for credit losses from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021.

The Standardized and Advanced risk-based capital ratios increased from December 2023 to December 2024, primarily reflecting an increase in capital, principally due to net earnings, and a decrease in Market RWAs, partially offset by an increase in Credit RWAs.

The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s leverage ratios.

For the Three Months
Ended or as of December
$ in millions20242023
Tier 1 capital$62,022$53,781
Average adjusted total assets$565,513$523,546
Total leverage exposure$775,170$722,465
Tier 1 leverage ratio11.0%10.3%
SLR8.0%7.4%

Average adjusted total assets represents the average daily assets for the quarter adjusted for deductions from Tier 1 capital and the impact of CECL transition.

Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets.

SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure.

The FRB requires that GS Bank USA maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve. As of both December 2024 and December 2023, the reserve requirement ratio was zero percent. See Note 26 for further information about cash deposits held by the firm at the Federal Reserve.

GS Bank USA is a registered swap dealer with the CFTC and a registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC. As of both December 2024 and December 2023, GS Bank USA was subject to and in compliance with applicable capital requirements for swap dealers and security-based swap dealers.

Restrictions on Payments

Group Inc. may be limited in its ability to access capital held at certain subsidiaries as a result of regulatory, tax or other constraints. These limitations include provisions of applicable law and regulations and other regulatory restrictions that limit the ability of those subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends without prior regulatory approval. For example, the amount of dividends that may be paid by GS Bank USA are limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a recent earnings test and an undivided profits test.

In addition, subsidiaries not subject to separate regulatory capital requirements may hold capital to satisfy local tax and legal guidelines, rating agency requirements (for entities with assigned credit ratings) or internal policies, including policies concerning the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based on its underlying level of risk.

Group Inc.’s equity investment in subsidiaries was $140.79 billion as of December 2024 and $133.75 billion as of December 2023, of which Group Inc. was required to maintain $98.48 billion as of December 2024 and $95.80 billion as of December 2023, of minimum equity capital in its regulated subsidiaries in order to satisfy the regulatory requirements of such subsidiaries.

Group Inc.’s capital invested in certain non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all of which is managed through a combination of non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt and derivatives. See Note 7 for information about the firm’s net investment hedges used to hedge this risk.

Note 21.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net earnings to common by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and restricted stock units (RSUs) for which the delivery of the underlying common stock is not subject to satisfaction of future service, performance or market conditions (collectively, basic shares). Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for RSUs for which the delivery of the underlying common stock is subject to satisfaction of future service, performance or market conditions.

The table below presents information about basic and diluted EPS.

Year Ended December
in millions, except per share amounts202420232022
Net earnings to common$13,525$7,907$10,764
Weighted average basic shares328.1340.8352.1
Effect of dilutive RSUs5.55.06.0
Weighted average diluted shares333.6345.8358.1
Basic EPS$41.07$23.05$30.42
Diluted EPS$40.54$22.87$30.06

Net earnings to common represents net earnings applicable to common shareholders, which is calculated as net earnings less preferred stock dividends.

Unvested share-based awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are treated as a separate class of securities under the two-class method. Distributed earnings allocated to these securities reduce net earnings to common to calculate EPS under this method. The impact of applying this methodology was a reduction in basic EPS of $0.15 for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Diluted EPS does not include antidilutive RSUs, including those that are subject to market or performance conditions, of 0.1 million for 2024,0.4 million for 2023 and 0.5 million for 2022.

Note 22.

Transactions with Affiliated Funds

The firm has formed nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party investors. As the firm generally acts as the investment manager for these funds, it is entitled to receive management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees or incentive fees from these funds. Additionally, the firm invests alongside its clients in certain funds.

The tables below present information about affiliated funds.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Fees earned from funds$5,399$4,726$4,553
As of December
$ in millions20242023
Fees receivable from funds$1,589$1,536
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds$4,079$4,042

In the ordinary course of business, the firm may choose to provide voluntary financial support to funds, although any such support is not expected to be material to the results of operations of the firm. The firm has waived or deferred collection of management fees and has deferred reimbursement of expenses, and in the future may waive or defer collection of management fees, from select funds. The impact of these waivers and deferrals wasnot material to the firm’s results of operations for both 2024 and 2023. Management fees waived were $123 million for 2022. Except as noted above, the firm did not provide any additional financial support to its affiliated funds during each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the firm may also engage in other activities with its affiliated funds, including, among others, securities lending, trade execution, market-making, custody, and acquisition and bridge financing. See Note 18 for information about the firm’s investment commitments related to these funds.

Note 23.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

Interest is recorded over the life of the instrument on an accrual basis based on contractual interest rates.

The table below presents sources of interest income and interest expense.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Deposits with banks$9,282$10,949$3,233
Collateralized agreements19,89516,4054,468
Trading assets14,3168,4605,087
Investments5,9983,8562,199
Loans16,16214,9059,059
Other interest15,74413,9404,978
Total interest income81,39768,51529,024
Deposits20,28217,0105,823
Collateralized financings17,36212,7052,808
Trading liabilities2,9112,4531,923
Short-term borrowings2,1121,322541
Long-term borrowings11,01011,0845,716
Other interest19,66417,5904,535
Total interest expense73,34162,16421,346
Net interest income$8,056$6,351$7,678

Collateralized agreements includes rebates paid and interest income on securities borrowed.

Loans excludes interest on loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. Such interest is included within other interest.

Other interest income includes interest income on customer debit balances, other interest-earning assets and loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value.

Collateralized financings consists of repurchase agreements and securities loaned.

Short- and long-term borrowings include both secured and unsecured borrowings.

Other interest expense includes rebates received on other interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense on customer credit balances.

Note 24.

Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm reports interest expense related to income tax matters in provision for taxes and income tax penalties in other expenses.

The table below presents information about the provision for taxes.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Current taxes
U.S. federal$2,000$1,230$2,356
State and local659389623
Non-U.S.2,2621,9641,658
Total current tax expense4,9213,5834,637
Deferred taxes
U.S. federal(869)(954)(2,079)
State and local(140)(356)(436)
Non-U.S.209(50)103
Total deferred tax (benefit)/expense(800)(1,360)(2,412)
Provision for taxes$4,121$2,223$2,225

The table below presents a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate.

Year Ended December
202420232022
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0%21.0%21.0%
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit2.40.61.3
Settlement of employee share-based awards(1.2)(1.8)(2.4)
Non-U.S. operations(1.4)(2.4)(3.4)
GILTI2.84.41.8
Tax credits(0.8)(1.6)(0.9)
Tax-exempt income, including dividends(0.6)(1.0)(2.2)
Non-deductible legal expenses–0.20.8
Other0.21.30.5
Effective income tax rate22.4%20.7%16.5%

The firm recognizes income tax expense associated with Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (GILTI) in the period in which it is incurred.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2023, GILTI is presented as a separate reconciliation item. Previously, GILTI was included in non-U.S. operations. Prior period amounts have been conformed to the current presentation.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized and primarily relate to the ability to utilize losses and tax credits in various tax jurisdictions. Tax assets are included in other assets and tax liabilities are included in other liabilities.

The table below presents information about deferred tax assets and liabilities, excluding the impact of netting within tax jurisdictions.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Deferred tax assets
Compensation and benefits$1,888$1,773
ASC 740 asset related to unrecognized tax benefits366331
Non-U.S. operations1,5071,278
Unrealized losses2,7862,100
Net operating losses786929
Occupancy-related8598
Other comprehensive income/(loss)-related7141,198
Tax credits carryforward461236
Operating lease liabilities581636
Allowance for credit losses1,4121,450
Other, net421165
Subtotal11,00710,194
Valuation allowance(2,064)(1,978)
Total deferred tax assets$8,943$8,216
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization$982$752
Operating lease right-of-use assets512574
Total deferred tax liabilities$1,494$1,326

The firm has recorded deferred tax assets of $786 million as of December 2024 and $929 million as of December 2023, in connection with U.S. federal, state and local and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. The firm also recorded a valuation allowance of $328 million as of December 2024 and $396 million as of December 2023, related to these net operating loss carryforwards.

As of December 2024, the U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward was $1.3 billion, the state and local net operating loss carryforward was $3.3 billion, and the foreign net operating loss carryforward was $1.5 billion. If not utilized, the U.S. federal, the state and local, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2025. If these carryforwards expire, they will not have a material impact on the firm’s results of operations. As of December 2024, the firm has recorded deferred tax assets of $405 million in connection with foreign tax credit carryforwards and a related valuation allowance of $289 million. As of December 2024, the firm has recorded deferred tax assets of $45 million in connection with general business credit carryforwards and $11 million in connection with state and local tax credit carryforwards. If not utilized, the foreign tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2033, the general business credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2025 and the state and local tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2026.

As of both December 2024 and December 2023, the firm had no U.S. federal capital loss carryforwards and no related net deferred income tax assets. As of December 2024, the firm had deferred tax assets of $7 millionin connection with state and local capital loss carryforwards and a valuation allowance of $1 million related to these capital loss carryforwards. As of December 2024, the firm had deferred tax assets of $365 million in connection with foreign capital loss carryforwards and a valuation allowance of $346 million related to these capital loss carryforwards.

The valuation allowance increased by $86 million during 2024 and $409 million during 2023. The increases in both 2024 and 2023 were primarily due to an increase in deferred tax assets from which the firm does not expect to realize any benefit.

The firm permanently reinvested eligible earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries. As of both December 2024 and December 2023, all U.S. taxes were accrued on these subsidiaries’ distributable earnings.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The firm recognizes tax positions in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized on settlement. A liability is established for differences between positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

The accrued liability for interest expense related to income tax matters and income tax penalties was $475 million as of December 2024 and $320 million as of December 2023. The firm recognized interest expense and income tax penalties of $113 million for 2024, $90 million for 2023 and $59 million for 2022. It is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits could change significantly during the twelve months subsequent to December 2024 due to potential audit settlements. However, at this time it is not possible to estimate any potential change.

The table below presents the changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which is included in other liabilities.

Year Ended or as of December
$ in millions202420232022
Beginning balance$1,726$1,533$1,446
Increases based on current year tax positions381143190
Increases based on prior years' tax positions8716410
Decreases based on prior years' tax positions(23)(92)(32)
Decreases related to settlements(9)(20)(76)
Exchange rate fluctuations—(2)(5)
Ending balance$2,162$1,726$1,533

In the table above, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits included $1.8 billion as of December 2024, $1.4 billion as of December 2023 and $1.2 billion as of December 2022 of unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would reduce the annual effective tax rate. The remaining unrecognized tax benefits in the table above would not affect the annual tax rate, as such benefits have jurisdictional offsets or relate to temporary differences.

Regulatory Tax Examinations

The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in jurisdictions where the firm has significant business operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong and various states, such as New York. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The firm does not expect completion of these audits to have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition, but it may be material to operating results for a particular period, depending, in part, on the operating results for that period.

The table below presents the earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction.

As of
JurisdictionDecember 2024
U.S. Federal2011
New York State and City2015
United Kingdom2017
Japan2018
Hong Kong2018

The firm has been accepted into the Compliance Assurance Process (CAP) program by the IRS for each of the tax years from 2013 through 2025. This program allows the firm to work with the IRS to identify and resolve potential U.S. Federal tax issues before the filing of tax returns. All issues addressed through the CAP program for the 2011 through 2018 tax years have been resolved and completion is pending final review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. All issues for the 2019 through 2022 tax years have been resolved and will be effectively settled pending administrative completion by the IRS. Final completion of tax years 2011 through 2022 will not have a material impact on the effective tax rate. The 2023 tax year remains subject to post-filing review. New York State and City examinations of tax years 2015 through 2018 commenced during 2021.

All years, including and subsequent to the years in the table above, remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The firm believes that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits it has established is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments.

Note 25.

Business Segments

The firm manages and reports its activities inthree business segments: Global Banking & Markets, Asset & Wealth Management and Platform Solutions. These business segments are determined and organized based on products and services provided, and the types of customers and counterparties served. See Note 1 for a description of the firm’s business segments.

The firm’s chief operating decision maker (CODM) is its president and chief operating officer. The CODM makes operating decisions, assesses the performance of, and allocates resources to, the firm’s operating segments principally based on the total net revenues of the segments, revenues net of provision for credit losses, total operating expenses, pre-tax earnings, net earnings applicable to common shareholders and the return on average common equity to assess the performance of the segments. The CODM evaluates segment operating performance against the firm’s targets and industry metrics and considers the current and future business and operating environment.

The accounting policies used to prepare the operating results and other metrics for the segments are consistent with those described in Note 3. The following provides a description of the primary components of the firm’s segment results disclosed in the table below.

The firm fully allocates its revenues, expenses, assets and shareholders’ equity to the firm’sthree business segments.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining pre-tax earnings for the respective segment.

Net revenues in the firm’s segments include allocations of interest income and expense based on the funding generated by, or the funding and liquidity requirements of the respective segments. Net interest is included in segment net revenues as it is consistent with how management assesses segment performance.

Expenses not directly associated with specific segments are allocated among the business segments based on an estimate of support provided to each segment.

Compensation and benefits expenses in the firm’s segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of the firm, as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of the firm’s business may be significantly affected by the performance of the firm’s other business segments.

Certain assets (including allocations of global core liquid assets and cash, and secured client financing), not directly associated with specific segments are generally allocated among the business segments based on the funding and liquidity requirements of the segments.

Common shareholders’ equity and preferred stock dividends are allocated to each segment based on the estimated amount of equity required to support the activities of the segment under relevant regulatory capital requirements.

Net earnings for each segment is calculated by applying the firmwide tax rate to each segment’s pre-tax earnings.

Management believes that this allocation provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to consolidated net earnings to common, return on average common equity and total assets. Due to the integrated nature of these segments, estimates and judgments are made in allocating these assets, revenues and expenses. Transactions between segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-party rates.

Segment Results

The table below presents a summary of the firm’s segment results.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Global Banking & Markets
Non-interest revenues$32,538$29,254$30,042
Net interest income2,4057422,445
Total net revenues34,94329,99632,487
Provision for credit losses40401468
Compensation and benefits expenses9,4268,5718,661
Other operating expenses10,5549,4699,190
Total operating expenses19,98018,04017,851
Pre-tax earnings$14,923$11,555$14,168
Net earnings$11,580$9,163$11,830
Net earnings to common$10,998$8,703$11,458
Average common equity$75,796$71,863$69,951
Return on average common equity14.5%12.1%16.4%
Asset & Wealth Management
Non-interest revenues$13,346$10,790$9,843
Net interest income2,7963,0903,533
Total net revenues16,14213,88013,376
Provision for credit losses(232)(508)519
Compensation and benefits expenses6,5956,1445,927
Other operating expenses5,2306,8855,623
Total operating expenses11,82513,02911,550
Pre-tax earnings$4,549$1,359$1,307
Net earnings$3,530$1,078$1,092
Net earnings to common$3,386$952$979
Average common equity$26,405$30,078$31,762
Return on average common equity12.8%3.2%3.1%
Platform Solutions
Non-interest revenues$(428)$(141)$(198)
Net interest income2,8552,5191,700
Total net revenues2,4272,3781,502
Provision for credit losses1,5401,1351,728
Compensation and benefits expenses685784560
Other operating expenses1,2772,6341,203
Total operating expenses1,9623,4181,763
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)$(1,075)$(2,175)$(1,989)
Net earnings/(loss)$(834)$(1,725)$(1,661)
Net earnings/(loss) to common$(859)$(1,748)$(1,673)
Average common equity$4,573$3,863$3,574
Return on average common equity(18.8)%(45.2)%(46.8)%
Total
Non-interest revenues$45,456$39,903$39,687
Net interest income8,0566,3517,678
Total net revenues53,51246,25447,365
Provision for credit losses1,3481,0282,715
Compensation and benefits expenses16,70615,49915,148
Other operating expenses17,06118,98816,016
Total operating expenses33,76734,48731,164
Pre-tax earnings$18,397$10,739$13,486
Net earnings$14,276$8,516$11,261
Net earnings to common$13,525$7,907$10,764
Average common equity$106,774$105,804$105,287
Return on average common equity12.7%7.5%10.2%

Other operating expenses for Global Banking & Markets primarily included transaction based, communications and technology, and depreciation and amortization expenses.

Other operating expenses for Asset & Wealth Management primarily included transaction based expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses, and professional fees.

Other operating expenses for Platform Solutions primarily included professional fees, depreciation and amortization expenses, and communications and technology expenses.

The table below presents depreciation and amortization expenses by segment.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Global Banking & Markets$1,119$1,109$1,033
Asset & Wealth Management1,0172,4251,212
Platform Solutions2561,322210
Total$2,392$4,856$2,455

Asset & Wealth Management included impairments related to commercial real estate in CIEs of $1.46 billion for 2023.

Platform Solutions included a write-down related to GreenSky of $506 million for 2023, and an impairment of goodwill related to Consumer platforms of $504 million for 2023.

Segment Assets

The table below presents assets by segment.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Global Banking & Markets$1,420,142$1,381,247
Asset & Wealth Management193,328191,863
Platform Solutions62,50268,484
Total$1,675,972$1,641,594

Geographic Information

Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The methodology for allocating profitability to geographic regions is dependent on estimates and management judgment because a significant portion of the firm’s activities require cross-border coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firm’s clients. Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:

Global Banking & Markets: Investment banking fees and Other: location of the client and investment banking team; FICC intermediation and Equities intermediation: location of the market-making desk; FICC financing and Equities financing: location of the desk.

Asset & Wealth Management (excluding direct-to-consumer business, Equity investments and Debt investments): location of the sales team; Direct-to-consumer business: location of the client; Equity investments and Debt investments: location of the investment or investment professional.

Platform Solutions: location of the client.

The table below presents total net revenues, pre-tax earnings and net earnings by geographic region.

$ in millions · 2024 · 2023 · 2022
Year Ended December
Americas$34,44864%$29,33564%$28,66961%
EMEA12,25023%11,74425%12,86027%
Asia6,81413%5,17511%5,83612%
Total net revenues$53,512100%$46,254100%$47,365100%
Americas$12,10666%$6,03856%$7,01652%
EMEA4,41824%4,03338%5,26039%
Asia1,87310%6686%1,2109%
Total pre-tax earnings$18,397100%$10,739100%$13,486100%
Americas$9,35466%$4,84957%$6,06754%
EMEA3,47024%3,13737%4,16437%
Asia1,45210%5306%1,0309%
Total net earnings$14,276100%$8,516100%$11,261100%

Americas pre-tax earnings for 2023 were impacted by impairments related to commercial real estate in CIEs, the write-down related to GreenSky, an impairment of goodwill related to Consumer platforms and the FDIC special assessment fee.

Substantially all of the amounts in the Americas were attributable to the U.S.

Asia includes Australia and New Zealand.

Note 26.

Credit Concentrations

The firm’s concentrations of credit risk arise from its market-making, client facilitation, investing, underwriting, lending and collateralized transactions, and cash management activities, and may be impacted by changes in economic, industry or political factors. These activities expose the firm to many different industries and counterparties, and may also subject the firm to a concentration of credit risk to a particular central bank, counterparty, borrower or issuer, including sovereign issuers, or to a particular clearinghouse or exchange. The firm seeks to mitigate credit risk by actively monitoring exposures and obtaining collateral from counterparties as deemed appropriate.

The firm measures and monitors its credit exposure based on amounts owed to the firm after taking into account risk mitigants that the firm considers when determining credit risk. Such risk mitigants include netting and collateral arrangements and economic hedges, such as credit derivatives, futures and forward contracts. Netting and collateral agreements permit the firm to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties and/or enable the firm to obtain collateral on an upfront or contingent basis.

The table below presents the credit concentrations included in trading cash instruments and investments.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
U.S. government and agency obligations$389,148$260,531
Percentage of total assets23.2%15.9%
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations$74,496$90,681
Percentage of total assets4.4%5.5%

In addition, the firm had $151.84 billion as of December 2024 and $206.07 billion as of December 2023 of cash deposits held at central banks (included in cash and cash equivalents), of which $105.78 billion as of December 2024 and $105.66 billion as of December 2023 was held at the Federal Reserve.

As of both December 2024 and December 2023, the firm did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded 2% of total assets.

Collateral obtained by the firm related to derivative assets is principally cash and is held by the firm or a third-party custodian. Collateral obtained by the firm related to resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions is primarily U.S. government and agency obligations, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. See Note 11 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.

The table below presents U.S. government and agency obligations, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations that collateralize resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
U.S. government and agency obligations$129,942$154,056
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations$76,932$92,833

Non-U.S. government and agency obligations primarily consists of securities issued by the governments of the U.K., Japan, Germany and France.

Given that the firm’s primary credit exposure on such transactions is to the counterparty to the transaction, the firm would be exposed to the collateral issuer only in the event of counterparty default.

Note 27.

The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings (including those described below) concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of the firm’s businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages.

Under ASC 450, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the firm is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the firm believes the risk of loss is more than slight.

With respect to matters described below for which management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have claimed an amount of money damages, (ii) the firm is being, or threatened to be, sued by purchasers in a securities offering and is not being indemnified by a party that the firm believes will pay the full amount of any judgment, or (iii) the purchasers are demanding that the firm repurchase securities, management has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss based on (a) in the case of (i), the amount of money damages claimed, (b) in the case of (ii), the difference between the initial sales price of the securities that the firm sold in such offering and the estimated lowest subsequent price of such securities prior to the action being commenced and (c) in the case of (iii), the price that purchasers paid for the securities less the estimated value, if any, as of December 2024 of the relevant securities, in each of cases (i), (ii) and (iii), taking into account any other factors believed to be relevant to the particular matter or matters of that type. As of the date hereof, the firm has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss for such matters and for any other matters described below where management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible aggregate loss to be approximately $1.7 billion in excess of the aggregate reserves for such matters.

Management is generally unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of money damages, except in those instances where management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (ii) matters are in early stages, (iii) matters relate to regulatory investigations or reviews, except in those instances where management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (v) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (vi) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vii) there are novel legal issues presented. For example, the firm’s potential liabilities with respect to the investigations and reviews described below in “Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation” generally are not included in management’s estimate of reasonably possible loss. However, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of such other matters will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition, though the outcomes could be material to the firm’s operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period.

1MDB-Related Matters

Between 2012 and 2013, subsidiaries of the firm acted as arrangers or purchasers of approximately $6.5 billion of debt securities of 1MDB.

On November 1, 2018, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) unsealed a criminal information and guilty plea by Tim Leissner, a former participating managing director of the firm, and an indictment against Ng Chong Hwa, a former managing director of the firm. On August 28, 2018, Leissner was adjudicated guilty by the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York of conspiring to launder money and to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act’s (FCPA) anti-bribery and internal accounting controls provisions. Ng was charged with conspiring to launder money and to violate the FCPA’s anti-bribery and internal accounting controls provisions, and on April 8, 2022, Ng was found guilty on all counts following a trial.

On August 18, 2020, the firm announced that it entered into a settlement agreement with the Government of Malaysia to resolve the criminal and regulatory proceedings in Malaysia involving the firm, which includes a guarantee that the Government of Malaysia receives at least $1.4 billion in assets and proceeds from assets seized by governmental authorities around the world related to 1MDB. See Note 18 for further information about this guarantee, including related arbitration proceedings.

On October 22, 2020, the firm announced that it reached settlements of governmental and regulatory investigations relating to 1MDB with the DOJ, the SEC, the FRB, the NYDFS, the Financial Conduct Authority, the Prudential Regulation Authority, the Singapore Attorney General’s Chambers, the Singapore Commercial Affairs Department, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission. Group Inc. entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the DOJ, in which a charge against the firm, one count of conspiracy to violate the FCPA, was filed and was later dismissed on May 6, 2024 in accordance with the agreement. In addition, GS Malaysia pleaded guilty to one count of conspiracy to violate the FCPA, and was sentenced on June 9, 2021. In May 2021, the U.S. Department of Labor granted the firm a five-year exemption to maintain its status as a qualified professional asset manager (QPAM).

On December 20, 2018, a putative securities class action lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Group Inc. and certain former officers of the firm alleging violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the Exchange Act with respect to Group Inc.’s disclosures and public statements concerning 1MDB and seeking unspecified damages. The plaintiff filed the second amended complaint on October 28, 2019. On June 28, 2021, the court dismissed the claims against one of the individual defendants but denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to the firm and the remaining individual defendants. On August 4, 2023, the plaintiff filed a third amended complaint. On September 29, 2023, the plaintiff moved for class certification. On April 5, 2024, the Magistrate Judge recommended that the plaintiff’s motion for class certification be granted in part and denied in part. On May 3, 2024, the defendants filed objections to the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation with the district court.

Mortgage-Related Matters

Complaints were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on July 25, 2019 and May 29, 2020 against Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company and GS Mortgage Securities Corp. by U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee for two residential mortgage-backed securitization trusts that issued $1.7 billion of securities. The complaints generally allege that mortgage loans in the trusts failed to conform to applicable representations and warranties and seek specific performance or, alternatively, compensatory damages and other relief. On November 23, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in the first action and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in the second action. On January 14, 2021, amended complaints were filed in both actions.

Currencies-Related Litigation

GS&Co. is among the defendants named in a putative class action filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on August 4, 2021. The amended complaint, filed on January 6, 2022, generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate auctions for foreign exchange transactions on an electronic trading platform, as well as claims under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of treble and other damages. On May 18, 2023, the court dismissed certain state common law claims, but denied dismissal of the remaining claims. On July 7, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint.

Banco Espirito Santo S.A. and Oak Finance

In December 2014, September 2015 and December 2015, the Bank of Portugal (BoP) rendered decisions to reverse an earlier transfer to Novo Banco of an $835 million facility agreement (the Facility), structured by GSI, between Oak Finance Luxembourg S.A. (Oak Finance), a special purpose vehicle formed in connection with the Facility, and Banco Espirito Santo S.A. (BES) prior to the failure of BES. In response, GSI and, with respect to the BoP’s December 2015 decision, GSIB commenced actions beginning in February 2015 against Novo Banco S.A. (Novo Banco) in the English Commercial Court and the BoP in the Portuguese Administrative Court. In July 2018, the English Supreme Court found that the English courts will not have jurisdiction over GSI’s action unless and until the Portuguese Administrative Court finds against BoP in GSI’s parallel action. In July 2018, the Liquidation Committee for BES issued a decision seeking to claw back from GSI $54 million paid to GSI and $50 million allegedly paid to Oak Finance in connection with the Facility, alleging that GSI acted in bad faith in extending the Facility, including because GSI allegedly knew that BES was at risk of imminent failure. In October 2018, GSI commenced an action in the Lisbon Commercial Court challenging the Liquidation Committee’s decision and has since also issued a claim against the Portuguese State seeking compensation for losses of approximately $222 million related to the failure of BES, together with a contingent claim for the $104 million sought by the Liquidation Committee. On April 11, 2023, GSI commenced administrative proceedings against the BoP, seeking the nullification of the BoP’s September 2015 and December 2015 decisions on new grounds.

Financial Advisory Services

Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are from time to time parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients and third parties relating to the firm’s financial advisory activities. These claims generally seek, among other things, compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages, and in certain cases allege that the firm did not appropriately disclose or deal with conflicts of interest.

Archegos-Related Matters

GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 13, 2021 in New York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to ViacomCBS Inc.’s (ViacomCBS) March 2021 public offerings of $1.7 billion of common stock and $1.0 billion of preferred stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include ViacomCBS and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 646,154 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $55 million and 323,077 shares of preferred stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $32 million. The complaint asserts claims under the federal securities laws and alleges that the offering documents contained material misstatements and omissions, including, among other things, that the offering documents failed to disclose that Archegos Capital Management, LP (Archegos) had substantial exposure to ViacomCBS, including through total return swaps to which certain of the underwriters (the trading underwriters), including GS&Co., were allegedly counterparties, and that such underwriters failed to disclose their exposure to Archegos. On December 21, 2021, the plaintiffs filed a corrected amended complaint. The complaint seeks rescission and compensatory damages in unspecified amounts. On February 6, 2023, the trial court dismissed the claims against ViacomCBS and the individual defendants, but denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss with respect to GS&Co. and the other underwriter defendants. On January 4, 2024, the trial court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, and on February 14, 2024, the underwriter defendants appealed. On April 4, 2024, the Appellate Division for the First Department affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of the claims against ViacomCBS and the individual defendants, reversed the trial court’s failure to dismiss the claims against the non-trading underwriter defendants, and affirmed the trial court’s denial of the motion to dismiss claims against the trading underwriter defendants, including GS&Co.

Group Inc. is also a defendant in putative securities class actions filed beginning in October 2021 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints allege that Group Inc., along with another financial institution, sold shares in Baidu Inc. (Baidu), Discovery Inc. (Discovery), GSX Techedu Inc. (Gaotu), iQIYI Inc. (iQIYI), Tencent Music Entertainment Group (Tencent), ViacomCBS, and Vipshop Holdings Ltd. (Vipshop) based on material nonpublic information regarding the liquidation of Archegos’ position in Baidu, Discovery, Gaotu, iQIYI, Tencent, ViacomCBS and Vipshop, respectively. The complaints generally assert violations of Sections 10(b), 20A and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and seek unspecified damages. In May 2023, the plaintiffs in the class actions filed second amended complaints, and on March 28, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaints with prejudice. On April 26, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

Silicon Valley Bank Matters

GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on April 7, 2023 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California and an individual action filed on January 25, 2024 in the same court relating to SVB Financial Group’s (SVBFG) January 2021 public offerings of $500 million principal amount of senior notes and $750 million of depositary shares representing interests in preferred stock, March 2021 public offering of approximately $1.2 billion of common stock, May 2021 public offerings of $1.0 billion of depositary shares representing interests in preferred stock and $500 million principal amount of senior notes, August 2021 public offering of approximately $1.3 billion of common stock, and April 2022 public offering of $800 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes, among other public offerings of securities. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include certain of SVBFG’s officers and directors and its auditor. GS&Co. underwrote an aggregate of 831,250 depositary shares representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $831 million, an aggregate of 3,266,108 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.8 billion and senior notes representing an aggregate price to the public of approximately $727 million. The complaints generally assert claims under the federal securities laws and allege that the offering documents contained material misstatements and omissions. The complaints seek compensatory damages in unspecified amounts. On March 17, 2023, SVBFG filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On January 16, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint in the putative class action, and on April 3, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint.

The firm is also cooperating with and providing information to various governmental bodies in connection with their investigations and inquiries regarding SVBFG and its affiliates (collectively SVB), including the firm’s business with SVB in or around March 2023, when SVB engaged the firm to assist with a proposed capital raise and SVB sold the firm a portfolio of securities.

Underwriting Litigation

Firm affiliates are among the defendants in a number of proceedings in connection with securities offerings. In these proceedings, including those described below, the plaintiffs assert class action or individual claims under federal and state securities laws and, in some cases, other applicable laws, allege that the offering documents for the securities that they purchased contained material misstatements and omissions, and generally seek compensatory and rescissory damages in unspecified amounts, as well as rescission. Certain of these proceedings involve additional allegations.

Uber Technologies, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in several putative securities class actions filed beginning in September 2019 in California Superior Court, County of San Francisco and the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, relating to Uber Technologies, Inc.’s (Uber) $8.1 billion May 2019 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Uber and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 35,864,408 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.6 billion. On November 16, 2020, the court in the state court action granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint filed on February 11, 2020, and on December 16, 2020, plaintiffs appealed. On August 7, 2020, defendants’ motion to dismiss the district court action was denied. On September 25, 2020, the plaintiffs in the district court action moved for class certification. On December 5, 2020, the plaintiffs in the state court action filed a complaint in the district court, which was consolidated with the existing district court action on January 25, 2021. On May 14, 2021, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint in the district court, purporting to add the plaintiffs from the state court action as additional class representatives. On October 1, 2021, defendants’ motion to dismiss the additional class representatives from the second amended complaint was denied, and on July 26, 2022, the district court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On February 27, 2023, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit denied the defendants’ petition seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s grant of class certification. On December 4, 2024, the court in the federal court action approved a settlement, which does not require a contribution from GS&Co.

Array Technologies, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on May 14, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Array Technologies, Inc.’s (Array) $1.2 billion October 2020 initial public offering of common stock, $1.3 billion December 2020 offering of common stock and $993 million March 2021 offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Array and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote an aggregate of 31,912,213 shares of common stock in the three offerings representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $877 million. On December 7, 2021, the plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint, and on May 19, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint. On July 5, 2023, the court denied the plaintiffs’ request for leave to amend the amended consolidated complaint and dismissed the case with prejudice. On August 4, 2023, plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

ContextLogic Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed beginning on May 17, 2021 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, relating to ContextLogic Inc.’s (ContextLogic) $1.1 billion December 2020 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include ContextLogic and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 16,169,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $388 million. On July 15, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint, and on March 10, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend. On April 10, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second consolidated amended complaint, and on December 22, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend. On February 15, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a third consolidated amended complaint, and on August 22, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the third consolidated amended complaint without leave to amend. On September 19, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a motion to alter the court’s judgment.

DiDi Global Inc. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. (GS Asia) is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed beginning on July 6, 2021 in the U.S. District Courts for the Southern District of New York and the Central District of California and New York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to DiDi Global Inc.’s (DiDi) $4.4 billion June 2021 initial public offering of American Depositary Shares (ADS). In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include DiDi and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 104,554,000 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.5 billion. On September 22, 2021, plaintiffs in the California action voluntarily dismissed their claims without prejudice. On May 5, 2022, plaintiffs in the consolidated federal action filed a second consolidated amended complaint, which includes allegations of violations of Sections 10(b) and 20A of the Exchange Act against the underwriter defendants. On March 14, 2024, the court denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss the second consolidated amended complaint. On January 6, 2025, the plaintiffs moved for class certification.

Vroom Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on October 4, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Vroom Inc.’s (Vroom) approximately $589 million September 2020 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Vroom and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 3,886,819 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $212 million. On December 20, 2021, the defendants served a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint. On November 13, 2024, Vroom filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas.

Zymergen Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 4, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California relating to Zymergen Inc.’s (Zymergen) $575 million April 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Zymergen, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 5,750,345 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $178 million. On February 24, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on November 29, 2022, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint, denying dismissal of the claims for violations of Section 11 of the Securities Act. On August 11, 2023, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On October 3, 2023, Zymergen and three affiliates filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. On March 4, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint.

Sea Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed on February 11, 2022 and June 17, 2022, respectively, in New York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to Sea Limited’s approximately $4.0 billion September 2021 public offering of ADS and approximately $2.9 billion September 2021 public offering of convertible senior notes, respectively. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Sea Limited, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS Asia underwrote 8,222,500 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $2.6 billion and convertible senior notes representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.9 billion. On August 3, 2022, the actions were consolidated, and on August 9, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. The defendants had previously moved to dismiss the action on July 15, 2022, with the parties stipulating that the motion would apply to theconsolidated amended complaint. On May 15, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint with prejudice. On May 28, 2024, the Appellate Division for the First Department reversed the trial court’s dismissal of the consolidated amended complaint, and on June 27, 2024, the defendants moved to reargue or alternatively, for leave to appeal the reversal. On November 11, 2024, the parties reached a settlement in principle, subject to final documentation and court approval, to resolve this action, which does not require a contribution from GS Asia.

Rivian Automotive Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed on March 7, 2022 and February 28, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California and in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Orange, respectively, relating to Rivian Automotive Inc.’s (Rivian) approximately $13.7 billion November 2021 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Rivian and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 44,733,050 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $3.5 billion. On March 2, 2023, the plaintiffs in the federal court action filed an amended consolidated complaint, and on July 3, 2023, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint. On June 30, 2023, the court in the state court action granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint, and on September 1, 2023, the plaintiffs appealed. On July 17, 2024, the court in the federal court action granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification.

Natera Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions in New York Supreme Court, County of New York and the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas filed on March 10, 2022 and October 7, 2022, respectively, relating to Natera Inc.’s (Natera) approximately $585 million July 2021 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Natera and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 1,449,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $164 million. On July 15, 2022, the parties in the state court action filed a stipulation and proposed order approving the discontinuance of the action without prejudice. On September 11, 2023, the federal court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss. On June 4, 2024, the plaintiffs in the federal court action moved for class certification, and on January 28, 2025, the Magistrate Judge recommended that the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification be granted. On February 21, 2025, the underwriter defendants filed objections to the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation with the district court.

Robinhood Markets, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on December 17, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California relating to Robinhood Markets, Inc.’s (Robinhood) approximately $2.2 billion July 2021 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Robinhood and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 18,039,706 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $686 million. On February 10, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint with leave to amend, and on March 13, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. On January 24, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaint without leave to amend. On February 21, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

ON24, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on November 3, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California relating to ON24, Inc.’s (ON24) approximately $492 million February 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include ON24 and certain of its officers and directors, including a director who was a Managing Director of GS&Co. at the time of the initial public offering. GS&Co. underwrote 3,616,785 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $181 million. On March 18, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint, and on July 7, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint with leave to amend. On September 1, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint, and on March 5, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint with prejudice. On April 4, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

Oscar Health, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on May 12, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Oscar Health, Inc.’s (Oscar Health) approximately $1.4 billion March 2021 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Oscar Health and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 12,760,633 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $498 million. On December 5, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. On April 4, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint.

Oak Street Health, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on May 25, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois relating to Oak Street Health, Inc.’s (Oak Street) $377 million August 2020 initial public offering, $298 million December 2020 secondary equity offering, $691 million February 2021 secondary equity offering and $747 million May 2021 secondary equity offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Oak Street, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 4,157,103 shares of common stock in the August 2020 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $87 million,1,503,944 shares of common stock in the December 2020 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $69 million,3,083,098 shares of common stock in the February 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $173 million and 3,013,065 shares of common stock in the May 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $187 million. On February 10, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss, dismissing the claim alleging a violation of Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act and, with respect to the May 2021 secondary equity offering only, the claim alleging a violation of Section 11 of the Securities Act, but declining to dismiss the remaining claims. On December 15, 2023, the plaintiffs moved for class certification. On December 12, 2024, the court approved a settlement, which does not require a contribution from GS&Co.

Bright Health Group, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on June 24, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York relating to Bright Health Group, Inc.’s (Bright Health) approximately $924 million June 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Bright Health and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 11,297,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $203 million. On September 30, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint, and on November 27, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

MINISO Group Holding Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 17, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California and transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on November 18, 2022 relating to MINISO Group Holding Limited’s (MINISO) approximately $656 million October 2020 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include MINISO andcertain of its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 16,408,093 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $328 million. On April 24, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and on February 23, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaint with leave to amend.

Coupang, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 26, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Coupang, Inc.’s (Coupang) approximately $4.6 billion March 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Coupang and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 42,900,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.5 billion. On May 24, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on July 28, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint.

Yatsen Holding Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on September 23, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Yatsen Holding Limited’s (Yatsen) approximately $617 million November 2020 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Yatsen and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 22,912,500 ADS representing an aggregate offering price ofapproximately $241 million. On October 4, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on July 22, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

Rent the Runway, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on November 14, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York relating to Rent the Runway, Inc.’s (Rent the Runway) $357 million October 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Rent the Runway and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 5,254,304 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $110 million. On September 5, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on September 25, 2024, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On October 9, 2024, the defendants filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s order.

Opendoor Technologies Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on November 22, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona relating to, among other things, Opendoor Technologies Inc.’s (Opendoor) approximately $886 million February 2021 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Opendoor and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 10,173,401 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $275 million. On April 17, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint, and on February 28, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend. On May 14, 2024, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration and vacated the dismissal of certain of the plaintiffs’ claims, and on September 9, 2024, the court denied the defendants’ motion for certification of an interlocutory appeal as to the plaintiffs’ surviving claims.

FIGS, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on December 8, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California relating to FIGS, Inc.’s (FIGS) approximately $668 million May 2021 initial public offering and approximately $413 million September 2021 secondary equity offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include FIGS, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 9,545,073 shares of common stock in the May 2021 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $210 million and 3,179,047 shares of common stock in the September 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $128 million. On April 10, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint, and on January 17, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the consolidated complaint with leave to amend. On March 19, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a first amended complaint, and on January 10, 2025, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the first amended complaint with leave to amend, resulting in the dismissal of all claims against the underwriter defendants, including GS&Co. On February 10, 2025, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

Silvergate Capital Corporation. GS&Co. is among the underwriters and sales agents named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on January 19, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, as amended on May 11, 2023, relating to Silvergate Capital Corporation’s (Silvergate) approximately $288 million January 2021 public offering of common stock, approximately $300 million “at-the-market” offering of common stock conducted from March through May 2021, approximately $200 million July 2021 public offering of depositary shares representing interests in preferred stock, and approximately $552 million December 2021 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters and sales agents, the defendants include Silvergate and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 1,711,313 shares of common stock in the January 2021 public offering of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $108 million, acted as a sales agent with respect to up to a $300 million aggregate offering price of shares of common stock in the March through May 2021 “at-the-market” offering, underwrote 1,600,000 depositary shares in the July 2021 public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $40 million, and underwrote 1,375,397 shares of common stock in the December 2021 public offering of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $199 million. On July 10, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. On September 17, 2024, Silvergate and two affiliates filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.

F45 Training Holdings Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on May 19, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas relating to F45 Training Holdings Inc.’s (F45) approximately $350 million July 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include F45, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. acted as a qualified independent underwriter for the offering and underwrote 8,303,744 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $133 million. On August 7, 2023, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On January 25, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and on March 11, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint.

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on April 28, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California relating to Olaplex Holdings, Inc.’s (Olaplex) approximately $1.8 billion September 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Olaplex, certain of its officers and directors and selling shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 19,419,420 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $408 million. On June 22, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a revised consolidated complaint, and on February 7, 2025, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the revised consolidated complaint, resulting in the dismissal of all claims against the underwriter defendants, including GS&Co.

agilon health, inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed beginning on March 19, 2024 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, relating to agilon health, inc.’s (agilon) approximately $1.2 billion April 2021 initial public offering, approximately $587 million September 2021 secondary equity offering and approximately $1.8 billion May 2023 secondary equity offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include agilon, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 10,631,949 shares of common stock in the April 2021 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $245 million,3,759,588 shares of common stock in the September 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $113 million and 26,879,772 shares of common stock in the May 2023 secondary equity offering, of which 2,731,638 shares were purchased by agilon, representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $519 million sold to third parties. On September 6, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint, and on November 8, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated complaint.

Investment Management Services

Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients relating to losses allegedly sustained as a result of the firm’s investment management services. These claims generally seek, among other things, restitution or other compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages.

Variable Rate Demand Obligations Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc. and GS&Co. were among the defendants named in a putative class action relating to variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), filed beginning in February 2019 under separate complaints and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The consolidated amended complaint, filed on May 31, 2019, generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate the market for VRDOs. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of compensatory, treble and other damages. Group Inc. was voluntarily dismissed from the putative class action on June 3, 2019. On November 2, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss, dismissing the state common law claims against GS&Co., but denying dismissal of the federal antitrust law claims.

GS&Co. is also among the defendants named in a related putative class action filed on June 2, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges the same conspiracy in the market for VRDOs as that alleged in the consolidated amended complaint filed on May 31, 2019, and asserts federal antitrust law, state law and state common law claims against the defendants. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of compensatory, treble and other damages. On August 6, 2021, plaintiffs in the May 31, 2019 action filed an amended complaint consolidating the June 2, 2021 action with the May 31, 2019 action. On September 14, 2021, defendants filed a joint partial motion to dismiss the August 6, 2021 amended consolidated complaint. On June 28, 2022, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss, dismissing the state breach of fiduciary duty claim against GS&Co., but declining to dismiss any portion of the federal antitrust law claims. On September 21, 2023, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On February 5, 2024, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted the defendants’ petition seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s grant of class certification. On February 15, 2024, the district court granted the defendants’ request to stay the proceedings pending their appeal of the district court’s grant of class certification.

Interest Rate Swap Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc., GS&Co., GSI, GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs Financial Markets, L.P. are among the defendants named in a putative antitrust class action relating to the trading of interest rate swaps, filed in November 2015 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The same Goldman Sachs entities are also among the defendants named in two antitrust actions relating to the trading of interest rate swaps, commenced in April 2016 and June 2018, respectively, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by three operators of swap execution facilities and certain of their affiliates. These actions have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings. The complaints generally assert claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to preclude exchange trading of interest rate swaps. The complaints in the individual actions also assert claims under state antitrust law. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants moved to dismiss the class and the first individual action and the district court dismissed the state common law claims asserted by the plaintiffs in the first individual action and otherwise limited the state common law claim in the putative class action and the antitrust claims in both actions to the period from 2013 to 2016. On November 20, 2018, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second individual action, dismissing the state common law claims for unjust enrichment and tortious interference, but denying dismissal of the federal and state antitrust claims. On March 13, 2019, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion in the putative class action to amend their complaint to add allegations related to conduct from 2008 to 2012, but granted the motion to add limited allegations from 2013 to 2016, which the plaintiffs added in a fourth consolidated amended complaint filed on March 22, 2019. On December 15, 2023, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, and on December 28, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s denial of class certification. On July 11, 2024, the court preliminarily approved a settlement among the plaintiffs and certain defendants, including the firm, to resolve the class action. The firm has paid the full amount of its proposed contribution to the settlement into an escrow account. The individual actions remain pending.

Commodities-Related Litigation

GSI is among the defendants named in putative class actions relating to trading in platinum and palladium, filed beginning on November 25, 2014 and most recently amended on May 15, 2017, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The amended complaint generally alleges that the defendants violated federal antitrust laws and the Commodity Exchange Act in connection with an alleged conspiracy to manipulate a benchmark for physical platinum and palladium prices and seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. On March 29, 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss and for reconsideration, resulting in the dismissal of all claims, and on February 27, 2023, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court’s dismissal of certain plaintiffs’ antitrust claims and vacated the district court’s dismissal of the plaintiffs’ Commodity Exchange Act claim. On April 12, 2023, the defendants’ petition for rehearing or rehearing en banc with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit was denied. On July 21, 2023, the defendants filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings. On January 17, 2025, the court approved a settlement to resolve this action. The firm has paid the full amount of its contribution to the settlement.

Corporate Bonds Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc. and GS&Co. are among the dealers named as defendants in a putative class action relating to the secondary market for odd-lot corporate bonds, filed on April 21, 2020 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The amended consolidated complaint, filed on October 29, 2020, asserts claims under federal antitrust law in connection with alleged anti-competitive conduct by the defendants in the secondary market for odd-lots of corporate bonds, and seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified monetary damages, including treble and punitive damages and restitution. On October 25, 2021, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with prejudice. On November 10, 2022, the district court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for an indicative ruling that the judgment should be vacated because the wife of the district judge owned stock in one of the defendants and the district judge did not recuse himself. On July 2, 2024, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the district court’s dismissal and remanded the case for further proceedings. On September 3, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and on October 18, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint.

Credit Default Swap Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc., GS&Co. and GSI were among the defendants named in a putative antitrust class action relating to the settlement of credit default swaps, filed on June 30, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Mexico. The complaint generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law and the Commodity Exchange Act in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate the benchmark price used to value credit default swaps for settlement. The complaint also asserts a claim for unjust enrichment under state common law. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of treble and other damages. On November 15, 2021, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 4, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint and voluntarily dismissed Group Inc. from the action. On June 5, 2023, the court dismissed the claims against certain foreign defendants for lack of personal jurisdiction but denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to GS&Co., GSI and the remaining defendants. On January 24, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to stay the proceedings pending the resolution of the motion filed by the defendants on November 3, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York to enforce a 2015 settlement and release among the parties. On January 26, 2024, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York granted the defendants’ motion to enforce the settlement and release and enjoined the plaintiffs from pursuing any claims against the defendants in the New Mexico action for any alleged violation of law based on conduct before June 30, 2014, and on February 23, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

Consumer Investigation and Review

The firm has been cooperating with the CFPB and other governmental bodies relating to investigations and/or inquiries concerning GS Bank USA’s credit card account management practices and is providing information regarding the application of refunds, crediting of nonconforming payments, billing error resolution, advertisements, reporting to credit bureaus, and any other consumer-related information requested by them, and GS Bank USA has entered into a consent order, without admitting or denying the findings, to resolve the CFPB’s investigation. The consent order requires a $45 million penalty, approximately $20 million in restitution (to be offset by restitution GS Bank USA has already provided to consumers), and certain non-monetary remedial measures. The firm has paid the full amount of the settlement.

Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation

Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by, and, in some cases, have received subpoenas and requests for documents and information from, various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations and litigation and shareholder requests relating to various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:

The securities offering process and underwriting practices;

The firm’s investment management and financial advisory services;

Conflicts of interest;

Research practices, including research independence and interactions between research analysts and other firm personnel, including investment banking personnel, as well as third parties;

Transactions involving government-related financings and other matters, municipal securities, including wall-cross procedures and conflict of interest disclosure with respect to state and municipal clients, the trading and structuring of municipal derivative instruments in connection with municipal offerings, political contribution rules, municipal advisory services and the possible impact of credit default swap transactions on municipal issuers;

Consumer lending, as well as residential mortgage lending, servicing and securitization, and compliance with related consumer laws;

The offering, auction, sales, trading and clearance of corporate and government securities, currencies, commodities and other financial products and related sales and other communications and activities, as well as the firm’s supervision and controls relating to such activities, including compliance with applicable short sale rules, algorithmic, high-frequency and quantitative trading, the firm’s U.S. alternative trading system (dark pool), futures trading, options trading, when-issued trading, transaction and regulatory reporting, technology systems and controls, communications recordkeeping and recording, securities lending practices, prime brokerage activities, trading and clearance of credit derivative instruments and interest rate swaps, commodities activities and metals storage, private placement practices, allocations of and trading in securities, and trading activities and communications in connection with the establishment of benchmark rates, such as currency rates;

Compliance with the FCPA;

The firm’s hiring and compensation practices;

The firm’s system of risk management and controls; and

Insider trading, the potential misuse and dissemination of material nonpublic information regarding corporate and governmental developments and the effectiveness of the firm’s insider trading controls and information barriers.

The firm is cooperating with all such governmental and regulatory investigations and reviews.

Note 28.

Employee Benefit Plans

The firm sponsors various pension plans and certain other postretirement benefit plans, primarily healthcare and life insurance. The firm also provides certain benefits to former or inactive employees prior to retirement.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans and Postretirement Plans

Employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries participate in various defined benefit pension plans. These plans generally provide benefits based on years of credited service and a percentage of eligible compensation. The firm maintains a defined benefit pension plan for certain U.K. employees. As of April 2008, the U.K. defined benefit plan was closed to new participants and frozen for existing participants as of March 31, 2016. The non-U.S. plans do not have a material impact on the firm’s consolidated results of operations.

The firm also maintains a defined benefit pension plan for substantially all U.S. employees hired prior to November 1, 2003. As of November 2004, this plan was closed to new participants and frozen for existing participants. In addition, the firm maintains unfunded postretirement benefit plans that provide medical and life insurance for eligible retirees and their dependents covered under these programs. These plans do not have a material impact on the firm’s consolidated results of operations.

The firm recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation, in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 2024, other assets included $73 million (related to overfunded pension plans) and other liabilities included $344 million related to these plans. As of December 2023, other assets included $93 million (related to overfunded pension plans) and other liabilities included $449 million related to these plans.

Defined Contribution Plans

The firm contributes to employer-sponsored U.S. and non-U.S. defined contribution plans. The firm’s contribution to these plans was $382 million for 2024, $377 million for 2023 and $378 million for 2022.

Note 29.

Employee Incentive Plans

The cost of employee services received in exchange for a share-based award is generally measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Share-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible employees) are expensed immediately. Share-based awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant service period. Forfeitures are recorded when they occur.

Cash dividend equivalents paid on RSUs are generally charged to retained earnings. If RSUs that require future service are forfeited, the related dividend equivalents originally charged to retained earnings are reclassified to compensation expense in the period in which forfeiture occurs.

The firm generally issues new shares of common stock upon delivery of share-based awards. In limited cases, as outlined in the applicable award agreements, the firm may cash settle share-based awards accounted for as equity instruments. For these awards, additional paid-in capital is adjusted to the extent of the difference between the value of the award at the time of cash settlement and the grant-date value of the award. The tax effect related to the settlement of share-based awards and payments of dividend equivalents is recorded in income tax benefit or expense.

Stock Incentive Plan

The firm sponsors a stock incentive plan, The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (2021) (2021 SIP), which provides for grants of RSUs, restricted stock, dividend equivalent rights, incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and other share-based awards, each of which may be subject to terms and conditions, including performance or market conditions. On April 29, 2021, shareholders approved the 2021 SIP. The 2021 SIP is a successor to several predecessor stock incentive plans, the first of which was adopted on April 30, 1999, and each of which was approved by the firm’s shareholders.

As of December 2024,55.7 million shares were available to be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the 2021 SIP. If any shares of common stock underlying awards granted under the 2021 SIP or awards granted under predecessor stock incentive plans are not delivered because such awards are forfeited, terminated or canceled, or if shares of common stock underlying such awards are surrendered or withheld to satisfy any obligation of the grantee (including taxes), those shares will become available to be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the 2021 SIP. Shares available to be delivered under the 2021 SIP also are subject to adjustment for certain events or changes in corporate structure as provided under the 2021 SIP. The 2021 SIP is scheduled to terminate on the date of the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Restricted Stock Units

The firm grants RSUs (including RSUs subject to performance or market conditions) to employees, which are generally valued based on the closing price of the underlying shares on the date of grant, after taking into account a liquidity discount for any applicable post-vesting and delivery transfer restrictions. The value of equity awards also considers the impact of material non-public information, if any, that the firm expects to make available shortly following grant. RSUs not subject to performance or market conditions generally vest and underlying shares of common stock are delivered (net of required withholding tax) over athree-year period as outlined in the applicable award agreements. Award agreements generally provide that vesting is accelerated in certain circumstances, such as on retirement, death, disability and, in certain cases, conflicted employment. Delivery of the underlying shares of common stock is conditioned on the grantees satisfying certain vesting and other requirements outlined in the award agreements.

RSUs that are subject to performance or market conditions generally are settled after the end of athree- tofive-year period. For awards that are subject to performance or market conditions, generally the final award is adjusted from zero up to 150% of the original grant based on the extent to which those conditions are satisfied. Dividend equivalents that accrue on these awards are paid when the awards settle.

The table below presents the 2024 activity related to stock settled RSUs.

Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value of
Restricted Stock · Restricted Stock
Units OutstandingUnits Outstanding
FutureNo FutureFutureNo Future
ServiceServiceServiceService
RequiredRequiredRequiredRequired
Beginning balance4,379,14115,306,921$310.31$304.37
Granted2,795,5004,302,501$381.27$354.89
Forfeited(585,760)(418,815)$291.64$321.77
Delivered–(8,502,057)$–$301.08
Vested(3,103,014)3,103,014$339.86$339.86
Ending balance3,485,86713,791,564$344.05$329.61

The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted was $365.28 during 2024, $329.23 during 2023 and $316.98 during 2022. The grant-date fair value of these RSUs included an average liquidity discount of 3.9% during 2024,4.5% during 2023 and 6.0% during 2022, to reflect post-vesting and delivery transfer restrictions, generally of 1 year for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022. In addition, delivered RSUs include RSUs that have been settled in cash.

The aggregate fair value of awards that vested was $3.15 billion during 2024, $2.47 billion during 2023 and $3.91 billion during 2022.

The ending balance included restricted stock subject to future service requirements of 4,579 shares as of December 2024 and 347,240 shares as of December 2023.

The ending balance included RSUs subject to future service requirements and performance or market conditions of 466,731 RSUs as of December 2024 and 617,655 RSUs as of December 2023, and the maximum amount of such RSUs that may be earned was 700,097 RSUs as of December 2024 and 913,551 RSUs as of December 2023.

The ending balance also included RSUs not subject to future service requirements but subject to performance conditions of 1,587,795 RSUs as of December 2024 and 1,620,470 RSUs as of December 2023, and the maximum amount of such RSUs that may be earned was 2,381,693 RSUs as of December 2024 and 2,430,705 RSUs as of December 2023.

In relation to 2024 year-end, during the first quarter of 2025, the firm granted to its employees 5.0 million RSUs (of which 1.5 million RSUs require future service as a condition for delivery of the related shares of common stock). These RSUs are subject to additional conditions as outlined in the award agreements. Shares underlying these RSUs, net of required withholding tax, generally are delivered over athree-year period and are generally subject to aone-year post-vesting and delivery transfer restriction. These awards are not included in the table above.

As of December 2024, there was $630 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.70 years. In addition, there is unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based awards subject to performance conditions. The maximum payout related to these awards is $299 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.65 years.

The table below presents the share-based compensation and the related excess tax benefit.

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Share-based compensation$2,772$2,098$4,107
Excess net tax benefit for share-based awards$213$198$324

In the table above, excess net tax benefit for share-based awards includes the net tax benefit on dividend equivalents paid on RSUs and the delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards.

Overrides

The firm shares a portion of its overrides related to investment management services with approximately 900 employees, including with the firm’s executive officers. The fair value of these overrides is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. Such expense was $376 million for 2024, $407 million for 2023 and $493 million for 2022.

Note 30.

Parent Company

Group Inc. – Condensed Statements of Earnings

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Revenues
Dividends from subsidiaries and other affiliates:
Bank$62$58$101
Nonbank9,02111,4996,243
Other revenues(1,214)(1,965)(3,590)
Total non-interest revenues7,8699,5922,754
Interest income20,53318,8398,367
Interest expense23,52721,4799,428
Net interest loss(2,994)(2,640)(1,061)
Total net revenues4,8756,9521,693
Operating expenses
Compensation and benefits676287328
Other expenses693219685
Total operating expenses1,3695061,013
Pre-tax earnings3,5066,446680
Benefit for taxes(1,617)(1,070)(1,398)
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
and other affiliates9,1531,0009,183
Net earnings14,2768,51611,261
Preferred stock dividends751609497
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders$13,525$7,907$10,764

In the condensed statements of earnings above, revenues and expenses included the following with subsidiaries and other affiliates:

Dividends from bank subsidiaries included cash dividends of $62 million for 2024, $58 million for 2023 and $97 million for 2022.

Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries and other affiliates included cash dividends of $9.02 billion for 2024, $11.49 billion for 2023 and $6.14 billion for 2022.

Other revenues included $(1.72) billion for 2024, $(892) million for 2023 and $(3.34) billion for 2022.

Interest income included $17.65 billion for 2024, $16.82 billion for 2023 and $7.47 billion for 2022.

Interest expense included $11.91 billion for 2024, $9.94 billion for 2023 and $3.80 billion for 2022.

Other expenses included $104 million for 2024, $105 million for 2023 and $116 million for 2022.

Group Inc.’s other comprehensive income/(loss) was $216 million for 2024, $92 million for 2023 and $(942) million for 2022.

Group Inc. – Condensed Balance Sheets

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents:
With third-party banks$19$35
With subsidiary bank27
Loans to and receivables from subsidiaries:
Bank5,7381,833
Nonbank ($15,494 and $4,813 at fair value)282,580286,688
Investments in subsidiaries and other affiliates:
Bank63,42755,164
Nonbank77,36278,591
Trading assets (at fair value)4383,197
Investments ($35,205 and $22,443 at fair value)80,69779,300
Other assets8,3007,408
Total assets$518,563$512,223
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Repurchase agreements with subsidiaries (at fair value)$78,145$78,776
Secured borrowings with subsidiaries28,15119,233
Payables to subsidiaries1,803568
Trading liabilities (at fair value)1,107898
Unsecured short-term borrowings:
With third parties ($4,583 and $4,721 at fair value)22,40931,833
With subsidiaries3,5265,710
Unsecured long-term borrowings:
With third parties ($29,051 and $28,966 at fair value)167,523175,335
With subsidiaries89,88379,316
Other liabilities4,0203,649
Total liabilities396,567395,318
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees
Shareholders' equity
Preferred stock13,25311,203
Common stock99
Share-based awards5,1485,121
Additional paid-in capital61,37660,247
Retained earnings153,412143,688
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,702)(2,918)
Stock held in treasury, at cost(108,500)(100,445)
Total shareholders’ equity121,996116,905
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$518,563$512,223

Goldman Sachs Funding LLC, a wholly-owned, direct subsidiary of Group Inc., has provided Group Inc. with a committed line of credit that allows Group Inc. to draw sufficient funds to meet its cash needs in the ordinary course of business.

Trading assets included derivative contracts with subsidiaries of $261 million as of December 2024 and $155 million as of December 2023.

Trading liabilities included derivative contracts with subsidiaries of $1.11 billion as of December 2024 and $898 million as of December 2023.

As of December 2024, unsecured long-term borrowings with subsidiaries by maturity date are $87.66 billion in 2026, $160 million in 2027, $224 million in 2028, $243 million in 2029 and $1.60 billion in 2030-thereafter.

Group Inc. – Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Cash flows from operating activities
Net earnings$14,276$8,516$11,261
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
and other affiliates(9,153)(1,000)(9,183)
Depreciation and amortization25139
Deferred income taxes(844)(380)(1,523)
Share-based compensation361(11)378
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Collateralized transactions (excluding
secured borrowings, net)(631)11,93766,839
Trading assets3,6857,620(23,451)
Trading liabilities209(1,646)1,428
Other, net5,090(221)5,933
Net cash provided by operating activities13,01824,82851,691
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, leasehold
improvements and equipment(55)(48)(64)
Repayments/(issuances) of short-term loans
to subsidiaries, net9,5783,1452,210
Issuance of term loans to subsidiaries(22,275)(25,473)(1,859)
Repayments of term loans by subsidiaries12,6269212,311
Purchase of investments(30,473)(25,904)(47,247)
Sales/paydowns of investments30,23917,8013,162
Capital distributions from/(contributions to)
subsidiaries, net1271,205(5,665)
Net cash used for investing activities(233)(28,353)(47,152)
Cash flows from financing activities
Secured borrowings with subsidiary, net8,5183,810(36,389)
Unsecured short-term borrowings, net:
With third parties(54)8713
With subsidiaries8,15219,31427,803
Issuance of unsecured long-term borrowings77,389127,72878,803
Repayment of unsecured long-term borrowings(94,943)(136,618)(65,960)
Preferred stock redemption(2,200)(1,000)–
Common stock repurchased(8,000)(5,796)(3,500)
Settlement of share-based awards in
satisfaction of withholding tax requirements(1,331)(1,345)(1,595)
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on
stock and share-based awards(4,497)(4,189)(3,682)
Issuance of preferred stock, net of costs4,2391,496–
Other financing, net(79)(1)–
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities(12,806)3,486(4,507)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(21)(39)32
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning balance428149
Cash and cash equivalents, ending balance$21$42$81

Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest, were $22.43 billion for 2024, $20.53 billion for 2023 and $8.54 billion for 2022, and included $11.60 billion for 2024, $9.40 billion for 2023 and $3.55 billion for 2022 of payments to subsidiaries.

Cash payments for income taxes, net, were $1.29 billion for 2024, $671 million for 2023 and $2.59 billion for 2022.

There were no material non-cash activities during the year ended December 2024.

Non-cash activities during the year ended December 2023:

Group Inc. exchanged $1.42 billion of equity investment in its wholly-owned subsidiaries for loans.

Non-cash activities during the year ended December 2022:

Group Inc. issued $1.75 billion of equity in connection with the acquisition of GreenSky. Upon closing of the transaction, GreenSky became a wholly-owned subsidiary of GS Bank USA.

Common Stock Performance

The graph and table below compare the performance of an investment in the firm’s common stock from December 31, 2019 (the last trading day before the firm’s 2020 fiscal year) through December 31, 2024, with the S&P 500 Index (S&P 500) and the S&P 500 Financials Index (S&P 500 Financials).

As of December
201920202021202220232024
Group Inc.$100.00$117.48$173.39$159.76$185.18$281.53
S&P 500$100.00$118.39$152.34$124.72$157.48$196.85
S&P 500 Financials$100.00$98.24$132.50$118.49$132.83$173.34

The graph and table above assume $100 was invested on December 31, 2019 in each of the firm’s common stock, the S&P 500 and the S&P 500 Financials, and the dividends were reinvested without payment of any commissions. The performance shown represents past performance and should not be considered an indication of future performance.

Statistical Disclosures

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

The tables below present information about average balances, interest and average interest rates.

Average Balance for the
Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Assets
U.S.$110,144$129,718$151,152
Non-U.S.96,783127,250107,843
Deposits with banks206,927256,968258,995
U.S.242,469214,772241,968
Non-U.S.148,594158,347169,621
Collateralized agreements391,063373,119411,589
U.S.288,793205,013165,331
Non-U.S.196,305146,655123,332
Trading assets485,098351,668288,663
U.S.151,248123,82897,221
Non-U.S.14,62515,00314,696
Investments165,873138,831111,917
U.S.168,198156,349144,781
Non-U.S.16,51419,11222,067
Loans184,712175,461166,848
U.S.81,03085,37395,513
Non-U.S.57,54955,04364,301
Other interest-earning assets138,579140,416159,814
Interest-earning assets1,572,2521,436,4631,397,826
Cash and due from banks5,6816,3727,715
Other non-interest-earning assets100,915109,042137,418
Assets$1,678,848$1,551,877$1,542,959
Liabilities
U.S.$332,750$307,686$302,678
Non-U.S.96,18482,32174,662
Interest-bearing deposits428,934390,007377,340
U.S.202,997154,341107,008
Non-U.S.113,69393,69783,783
Collateralized financings316,690248,038190,791
U.S.58,69662,25480,950
Non-U.S.79,14776,05783,657
Trading liabilities137,843138,311164,607
U.S.52,39847,87834,322
Non-U.S.35,74627,16628,675
Short-term borrowings88,14475,04462,997
U.S.193,173197,442221,598
Non-U.S.54,43545,61137,656
Long-term borrowings247,608243,053259,254
U.S.145,407149,883166,200
Non-U.S.88,22394,91598,130
Other interest-bearing liabilities233,630244,798264,330
Interest-bearing liabilities1,452,8491,339,2511,319,319
Non-interest-bearing deposits5,0294,7334,811
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities101,76691,194102,839
Liabilities1,559,6441,435,1781,426,969
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock12,43010,89510,703
Common stock106,774105,804105,287
Shareholders’ equity119,204116,699115,990
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity$1,678,848$1,551,877$1,542,959
Percentage attributable to non-U.S. operations
Interest-earning assets33.73%36.30%35.90%
Interest-bearing liabilities32.17%31.34%30.82%
Interest for the
Year Ended December
$ in millions202420232022
Assets
U.S.$5,861$7,074$2,793
Non-U.S.3,4213,875440
Deposits with banks9,28210,9493,233
U.S.13,94711,3013,463
Non-U.S.5,9485,1041,005
Collateralized agreements19,89516,4054,468
U.S.9,4595,7173,362
Non-U.S.4,8572,7431,725
Trading assets14,3168,4605,087
U.S.5,3333,0551,656
Non-U.S.665801543
Investments5,9983,8562,199
U.S.14,81413,3327,967
Non-U.S.1,3481,5731,092
Loans16,16214,9059,059
U.S.9,4318,2663,236
Non-U.S.6,3135,6741,742
Other interest-earning assets15,74413,9404,978
Interest-earning assets$81,397$68,515$29,024
Liabilities
U.S.$15,800$13,658$4,959
Non-U.S.4,4823,352864
Interest-bearing deposits20,28217,0105,823
U.S.11,9538,7502,027
Non-U.S.5,4093,955781
Collateralized financings17,36212,7052,808
U.S.1,319969872
Non-U.S.1,5921,4841,051
Trading liabilities2,9112,4531,923
U.S.1,7451,200408
Non-U.S.367122133
Short-term borrowings2,1121,322541
U.S.10,72810,8385,570
Non-U.S.282246146
Long-term borrowings11,01011,0845,716
U.S.11,87011,2282,356
Non-U.S.7,7946,3622,179
Other interest-bearing liabilities19,66417,5904,535
Interest-bearing liabilities$73,341$62,164$21,346
Net interest income
U.S.$5,430$2,102$6,285
Non-U.S.2,6264,2491,393
Net interest income$8,056$6,351$7,678
Average Rate for the
Year Ended December
202420232022
Assets
U.S.5.32%5.45%1.85%
Non-U.S.3.53%3.05%0.41%
Deposits with banks4.49%4.26%1.25%
U.S.5.75%5.26%1.43%
Non-U.S.4.00%3.22%0.59%
Collateralized agreements5.09%4.40%1.09%
U.S.3.28%2.79%2.03%
Non-U.S.2.47%1.87%1.40%
Trading assets2.95%2.41%1.76%
U.S.3.53%2.47%1.70%
Non-U.S.4.55%5.34%3.69%
Investments3.62%2.78%1.96%
U.S.8.81%8.53%5.50%
Non-U.S.8.16%8.23%4.95%
Loans8.75%8.49%5.43%
U.S.11.64%9.68%3.39%
Non-U.S.10.97%10.31%2.71%
Other interest-earning assets11.36%9.93%3.11%
Interest-earning assets5.18%4.77%2.08%
Liabilities
U.S.4.75%4.44%1.64%
Non-U.S.4.66%4.07%1.16%
Interest-bearing deposits4.73%4.36%1.54%
U.S.5.89%5.67%1.89%
Non-U.S.4.76%4.22%0.93%
Collateralized financings5.48%5.12%1.47%
U.S.2.25%1.56%1.08%
Non-U.S.2.01%1.95%1.26%
Trading liabilities2.11%1.77%1.17%
U.S.3.33%2.51%1.19%
Non-U.S.1.03%0.45%0.46%
Short-term borrowings2.40%1.76%0.86%
U.S.5.55%5.49%2.51%
Non-U.S.0.52%0.54%0.39%
Long-term borrowings4.45%4.56%2.20%
U.S.8.16%7.49%1.42%
Non-U.S.8.83%6.70%2.22%
Other interest-bearing liabilities8.42%7.19%1.72%
Interest-bearing liabilities5.05%4.64%1.62%
Interest rate spread0.13%0.13%0.46%
U.S.0.52%0.23%0.70%
Non-U.S.0.50%0.81%0.28%
Net yield on interest-earning assets0.51%0.44%0.55%

Assets, liabilities and interest are classified as U.S. and non-U.S. based on the location of the legal entity in which the assets and liabilities are held.

Derivative instruments and commodities are included in other non-interest-earning assets and other non-interest-bearing liabilities.

Average collateralized agreements included $188.06 billion of resale agreements and $203.00 billion of securities borrowed for 2024, $179.35 billion of resale agreements and $193.77 billion of securities borrowed for 2023, and $216.73 billion of resale agreements and $194.86 billion of securities borrowed for 2022.

Other interest-earning assets primarily consists of certain receivables from customers and counterparties.

Collateralized financings included $252.88 billion of repurchase agreements and $63.81 billion of securities loaned for 2024, $198.26 billion of repurchase agreements and $49.78 billion of securities loaned for 2023, and $150.23 billion of repurchase agreements and $40.56 billion of securities loaned for 2022.

Substantially all of the other interest-bearing liabilities consists of certain payables to customers and counterparties.

Interest rates for borrowings include the effects of interest rate swaps accounted for as hedges.

Loans exclude loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. Such loans are included within other interest-earning assets.

Short- and long-term borrowings include both secured and unsecured borrowings.

Changes in Net Interest Income, Volume and Rate

Analysis

The tables below present the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes. In this analysis, changes due to volume/rate variance have been allocated to volume.

Year Ended December 2024
versus December 2023
Increase (decrease)
due to change in:
$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change
Interest-earning assets
U.S.$(1,042)$(171)$(1,213)
Non-U.S.(1,077)623(454)
Deposits with banks(2,119)452(1,667)
U.S.1,5931,0532,646
Non-U.S.(390)1,234844
Collateralized agreements1,2032,2873,490
U.S.2,7449983,742
Non-U.S.1,2288862,114
Trading assets3,9721,8845,856
U.S.9671,3112,278
Non-U.S.(17)(119)(136)
Investments9501,1922,142
U.S.1,0444381,482
Non-U.S.(212)(13)(225)
Loans8324251,257
U.S.(505)1,6701,165
Non-U.S.275364639
Other interest-earning assets(230)2,0341,804
Change in interest income4,6088,27412,882
Interest-bearing liabilities
U.S.1,1909522,142
Non-U.S.6464841,130
Interest-bearing deposits1,8361,4363,272
U.S.2,8653383,203
Non-U.S.9515031,454
Collateralized financings3,8168414,657
U.S.(80)430350
Non-U.S.6246108
Trading liabilities(18)476458
U.S.151394545
Non-U.S.88157245
Short-term borrowings239551790
U.S.(237)127(110)
Non-U.S.46(10)36
Long-term borrowings(191)117(74)
U.S.(365)1,007642
Non-U.S.(591)2,0231,432
Other interest-bearing liabilities(956)3,0302,074
Change in interest expense4,7266,45111,177
Change in net interest income$(118)$1,823$1,705
Year Ended December 2023
versus December 2022
Increase (decrease)
due to change in:
$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change
Interest-earning assets
U.S.$(1,169)$5,450$4,281
Non-U.S.5912,8443,435
Deposits with banks(578)8,2947,716
U.S.(1,431)9,2697,838
Non-U.S.(363)4,4624,099
Collateralized agreements(1,794)13,73111,937
U.S.1,1071,2482,355
Non-U.S.4365821,018
Trading assets1,5431,8303,373
U.S.6567431,399
Non-U.S.16242258
Investments6729851,657
U.S.9864,3795,365
Non-U.S.(243)724481
Loans7435,1035,846
U.S.(982)6,0125,030
Non-U.S.(954)4,8863,932
Other interest-earning assets(1,936)10,8988,962
Change in interest income(1,350)40,84139,491
Interest-bearing liabilities
U.S.2228,4778,699
Non-U.S.3122,1762,488
Interest-bearing deposits53410,65311,187
U.S.2,6834,0406,723
Non-U.S.4182,7563,174
Collateralized financings3,1016,7969,897
U.S.(291)38897
Non-U.S.(148)581433
Trading liabilities(439)969530
U.S.340452792
Non-U.S.(7)(4)(11)
Short-term borrowings333448781
U.S.(1,326)6,5945,268
Non-U.S.4357100
Long-term borrowings(1,283)6,6515,368
U.S.(1,222)10,0948,872
Non-U.S.(215)4,3984,183
Other interest-bearing liabilities(1,437)14,49213,055
Change in interest expense80940,00940,818
Change in net interest income$(2,159)$832$(1,327)

Deposits

The table below presents information about interest-bearing deposits.

Year Ended December
$ in millions20242023
Average balances
U.S.
Savings and demand$242,378$241,356
Time90,37266,330
Total U.S.332,750307,686
Non-U.S.
Demand64,67857,506
Time31,50624,815
Total non-U.S.96,18482,321
Total$428,934$390,007
Average interest rates
U.S.
Savings and demand4.72%4.57%
Time4.81%3.97%
Total U.S.4.75%4.44%
Non-U.S.
Demand4.53%3.99%
Time4.92%4.26%
Total non-U.S.4.66%4.07%
Total4.73%4.36%

In the table above, deposits are classified as U.S. and non-U.S. based on the location of the entity in which such deposits are held.

The amount of deposits in U.S. offices held by non-U.S. depositors was $6.06 billion as of December 2024 and $10.34 billion as of December 2023.

The amount of uninsured deposits in U.S. offices was $107.17 billion as of December 2024 and $111.60 billion as of December 2023. These amounts exclude cash collateral on derivatives that is considered by the FDIC when determining uninsured deposits. Such collateral is either netted against the derivative balances or included in payables to customer and counterparties in our consolidated balance sheets.

The amount of uninsured deposits in non-U.S. offices was $65.32 billion as of December 2024 and $69.30 billion as of December 2023.

The table below presents uninsured time deposits by maturity.

As of December 2024
$ in millionsU.S.Non-U.S.
3 months or less$4,999$11,167
3 to 6 months3,5539,449
6 to 12 months2,7601,788
Greater than 12 months7111,204
Total$12,023$23,608

All U.S. time deposits were in accounts eligible for FDIC insurance and non-U.S. time deposits include deposits in accounts eligible for insurance in their local jurisdictions, as well as deposits in uninsured accounts.

The insurance limit (for account holders who have both time and other deposits that, in aggregate, exceed the insurance limit) is allocated between time and other deposits based on regulatory methodologies defined by each local jurisdiction.

Loan Portfolio

The table below presents information about gross loans.

As of December
$ in millions · 2024 · 2023
Corporate$29,97215%$35,87419%
Commercial real estate29,78915%26,02814%
Residential real estate25,96913%25,38813%
Securities-based16,4778%14,6218%
Other collateralized75,10737%62,22533%
Consumer:
Installment70–3,2982%
Credit cards21,40311%19,36110%
Other2,0791%1,6131%
Total$200,866100%$188,408100%

Maturities and Interest Rates. The table below presents gross loans by tenor.

As of December 2024
More than · More than
1 year · 1 year to · 5 years to · More than
$ in millionsor less5 years15 years15 yearsTotal
Corporate$2,134$25,357$2,480$1$29,972
Commercial real estate4,43223,8451,510229,789
Residential real estate4,9998,62413212,21425,969
Securities-based14,7781,68316–16,477
Other collateralized25,80647,1331,59857075,107
Consumer:
Installment–70––70
Credit cards21,403–––21,403
Other1,0609417442,079
Total$74,612$107,653$5,810$12,791$200,866

The table below presents the gross loans by tenor and for loans with tenors greater than one year, the distributions of such loans between fixed and floating interest rates.

As of December 2024
1 year · More than one year
$ in millionsor lessFixed-rateFloating-rateTotal
Corporate$2,134$340$27,498$29,972
Commercial real estate4,43270624,65129,789
Residential real estate4,99911,9239,04725,969
Securities-based14,778441,65516,477
Other collateralized25,80632348,97875,107
Consumer:
Installment––7070
Credit cards21,403––21,403
Other1,060369832,079
Total$74,612$13,372$112,882$200,866

Allowance for Loan Losses

The table below presents information about the allowance for loan losses.

As of December
$ in millions20242023
Corporate$1,033$1,307
Commercial real estate637765
Residential real estate144129
Securities-based1–
Other collateralized279340
Other535
Wholesale2,0992,576
Installment–23
Credit cards2,5672,451
Consumer2,5672,474
Total$4,666$5,050

The table below presents information about the net charge-off ratio for loans accounted for at amortized cost.

NetAverageNet charge-
$ in millionscharge-offsbalanceoff ratio
Wholesale$48$164,688–
Installment131558.4%
Credit cards1,35417,7307.6%
Consumer1,36717,8857.6%
Total$1,415$182,5730.8%
Wholesale$400$151,8340.3%
Installment863,7212.3%
Credit cards1,06217,0286.2%
Consumer1,14820,7495.5%
Total$1,548$172,5830.9%

In the table above, the net charge-off ratio is calculated by dividing the net charge-offs by average gross loans accounted for at amortized cost. Net charge-offs for wholesale loans were not material for 2024 and were primarily related to corporate loans for 2023.

ContentsView on SEC.gov

The text of this filing, as the company filed it with the SEC, without its images or exhibits. This is not investment advice.